OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
OPERATION, MAINTENANCE & TROUBLE
SHOOTING MANUAL 160 PPM AIR START UNIT
DESIGNED & MANUFACTURED BY:
AIR + MAK INDUSTRIES INC. 11154, WILDWOOD DRIVE, OLIVE BRANCH, MS 38654
PHONE: (662) 893 3444, FAX: (662) 893 3476 E-mail: [email protected]
www.airmak.com
CLIENT: AIR ASIA BHD, MALAYSIA
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE REFERRED FOR THE ASU SL.No. 2165
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT CHAPTER / SECTION PAGE
GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
DEFINITIONS OF TERMS.
NOTES
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION I / I
1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Detailed Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4. G.A Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
5. Controls, Monitoring and Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6. Specification & capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRICAL MODULE I / II
1. Pre-commissioning check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. DO’s & Don’ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3. Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4. General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
5. Pneumatic block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
6. Compressor lubrication circuit diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
7. ASU Panel Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
I. Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
8. Electro Pneumatic Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
9. Electronic Pressure Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
10. Pressure Regulating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
11. Control System Display Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
12. Warning Indications in Control Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
13. ASU Protection Systems and set limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
14. Special Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
15. Electrical Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
I. Control panel I Wiring details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
II.Control panel II Wiring details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
III.EMR Wiring details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
16. PCB Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
17. ASU Remote Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
MAINTENANCE & TROUBLE SHOOTING II
MAINTENANCE II / I
1. Engine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Compressor maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
TROUBLE SHOOTING II / II
1. Trouble Shooting Procedures & Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Engine Trouble Shooting Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3. Compressor Trouble Shooting Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4. ASU Trouble Shooting Procedures & Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
OVERHAUL AND MAJOR REPAIR – III
ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOGUE - IV
RECOMMENDED SPARES – V
MANUFACTURER APPENDIX – VI
1. Compressor Manual
2. Engine Manual
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
GENERAL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING Improper practices or carelessness can cause burns, cuts, mutilation or other
bodily injury or death.
Read and understand all the safety precautions and warnings before performing any repair. This list
contains the General Safety Precautions that must be followed to provide personal safety. Special
safety precautions are included in the procedures when they apply.
Make sure the work area surrounding the product is dry, well lit, ventilated, free from clutter,
loose tools, parts, ignition sources and hazardous substances. Be aware of hazardous conditions
that can exist.
Always wear protective glasses and protective shoes when working.
Rotating parts can cause cuts, mutilation or strangulation.
Do not wear loose – fitting or torn clothing. Remove all jewelry when working.
Disconnect the battery (negative (-) first) and discharge any capacitors before beginning any
repair work.
Disconnect the starting motor if equipped to prevent accidental engine starting.
Put a “ DO NOT OPERATE ” tag in the operator’s compartment. When the unit is left
unserviceable
If the equipment has been operating and is hot, allow cooling before starting any maintenance
work.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Do not work on anything that is supported ONLY by lifting jacks or a hoist. Always use blocks
or proper stands to support the product before performing any service work.
Relieve all pressure in the storage tank air, oil, and fuel and water in cooling system assembly
before any lines, fittings, or related items are removed or disconnected. Be alert for possible
pressure when disconnecting any device from a system that utilizes pressure.
Do not check for pressure leaks with hand. High-pressure oil or fuel can cause personal injury.
To avoid personal injury, use a hoist or get assistance when lifting components that weigh more
than 50 lbs. Check and make sure that the lifting tackles are in good condition. Make sure hooks
are positioned correctly. Always use a spreader bar when necessary. The lifting hooks must not
be side-loaded.
To avoid burns, be alert for hot parts on products that have just been turned off, and hot fluids in
lines, tubes, and compartments.
Always use correct tools that are in good condition.
Do not perform any repair when fatigued or after consuming alcohol or drugs that can impair
your functioning.
Corrosion inhibitor, a component of SCA and lubricating oil, contains alkali. Do not get the
substance in your eyes. Avoid prolonged or repeated contact with skin. Do not swallow
internally. In case of contact, immediately wash skin with soap water.
Do not fill the fuel, Coolant, Engine Oil & Compressor Oil while the Engine is running.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
DEFINITION OF TERMS
ASU Air start unit CAmps Amperes
AST Air start mode CCA Cold Cranking Ampere
ACP AC Pack mode Cfm Cubic feet per minute
BHP Brake Horse Power DC Direct Current
CFM Cubic Feet Per Minute Deg C Degree Celsius
EMI Electro Magnetic Interference F Fahrenheit
EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility Gal Gallons
EMR Electronic Motor Regulator G/kw – hr Grams Per Kilowatt Hour
E-P Voltage to pressure Gpm Gallons per minute
HCT High Coolant Temperature KW Kilowatt
HDT High Discharge Temperature Kgs Kilograms
HCOT High Compressor Oil Temperature KN Kilo Newton
LLOP Low Lube Oil Pressure Ltrs Litres
LCOP Low Compressor Oil Pressure Mm Milli metre
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer Mph Miles Per Hour
PCB Printed Circuit Board PSIa Pounds per Square Inch - Absolute
P-I Pressure to current PSIg Pounds per Square Inch – Gauge
RPM Revolutions Per Minute PPM Pounds Per Minute
FI Radio Frequency Interference VBAT Battery Voltage
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
NOTES
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
CHAPTER I
SECTION I
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 1
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
DESCRIPTION
1. INTRODUCTION MAK Air Start Units are available in standard model that ranges from 90 PPM - 450 PPM. The Air
Start Unit is a rotary machine comprising of an oil free dry Screw Compressor with an integral gearbox
and driven by a suitable Diesel Engine.
These units provides regulated, dry, oil free air at a pressure of 40 PSIg, with determined flow required
to start the aircraft jet engines, while the onboard APU is unserviceable.
2. SPECIAL FEATURES • User friendly and unattended wake away system
• Monitoring and control through digital systems
• Operation made simple through push button controls
• Engine speed control is achieved by EMR
• USB Interface for data log and analysis in addition to RS-232.
• Better readability of output through Digital high intensity 2x16 LCD’s.
• Accessibility for routine check and maintenance made easy through side hinged doors
• RFI - EMC is achieved through appropriate design and shielding technique. Essential for
Military Aircraft.
• Compact size, Minimum weight and easy Maneuverability achieved through appropriate design
and layout configuration of components on a specially designed base frame.
• Exhaust emission (optional) conformance to EEC law EG - RL 91 / 542. EEC and EPA
Standards
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 2
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
3. DETAILED DESCRIPTION A. Engine The Engine used in the Air Start Unit is a DEUTZ make and Model BF 6M 1015 C rated for Gross
power output of 286 kW @ 2100 rpm.
Kindly refer the Engine Manual provided separately
MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS (FRONT VIEW)
OIL FILTER
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 3
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS (REAR VIEW)
SAE HOUSING
FLY WHEEL
TURBO CHARGER
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 4
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
AIR INLET SYSTEM (TOP VIEW)
EXHAUST TURBO
CHARGER
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 5
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
B. Compressor
The Compressor used in the Air Start Unit is a GHH - RAND make and Model CD-26S with a flow
rate of 160 PPM @ 2100 rpm. This is a Screw type Compressor for absolutely oil - free compression of
atmospheric air.
Kindly refer the Compressor Manual provided separately in CHAPTER V
DELIVERY POINT
SUCTION POINT
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 6
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
C. Towable Base Frame
The Tow able Base frame is a fabricated structure consisting of standard commercial sections like
channels, angles etc., incorporating solid rubber tyres and a turntable arrangement with tow bar for
towing the equipment by means of a towing vehicle. Four stabilized jacks with adjustable screw rods
and anti-vibration mounts are provided in the base frame for placing the unit in a particular place.
All the major components like
• Engine
• Screw compressor
• Radiator
• Air filters
• Oil coolers
• Oil filter
• Diesel filter
• Diesel tank
• Pneumatic tank
• Control panel
• Batteries
• By-pass valve
• Engine silencer
• By-pass Silencer
Auxiliary compressors are assembled on to the base frame at accessible locations for any routine
checks and maintenance.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I
PAGE 7
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4. G.A Drawing
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 8
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
INTERNAL LAYOUT - MAJOR COMPONENTS
LEFT SIDE VIEW
FRONT VIEW
1 5432 7
11
6
7
9
28
27 8
29
30
20
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 9
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
OBS TR UCTION
LAMP S WITCHES
F USE
HOOTER CONTROL
S TOP C HECK
ENGINE
HOS E 3
OUTPUT S ELECTION
HOSE 1 HOS E 2
ON ON
C AB IN
ON
OP EN
HOOTER
OPEN
OP TIONAL
OPEN
DIAGNOSIS
OP EN
SYSTEM OK
ON
PANEL
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
REAR SIDE VIEW
14 1816
19201511 1710 32
26
24
26
18
23
1922
25
1312
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 10
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
TOP VIEW
30
21
31
21
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 11
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
LIST OF COMPONENTS
1. ENGINE.
2. ENGINE AIR FILTER.
3. SCREW COMPRESSOR.
4. COMPRESSOR AIR FILTER.
5. RADIATOR.
6. BYPASS VALVE ASSEMBLY.
7. MUFFLER SILENCER.
8. MUFFLER SILENCER PIPE LINE.
9. ENGINE SILENCER.
10. ENGINE SILENCER PIPE LINE.
11. TOW BAR ASSEMBLY.
12. AIR RESERVOIR TANK.
13. DRYER.
14. CONTROL PANEL.
15. PNEUMATIC PANEL.
16. EMR PLATE.
17. PNEUMATIC PANEL & CONTROL PANEL MAIN FRAME.
18. OIL COOLER.
19. OIL COOLER MAIN FRAME.
20. FIFTH WHEEL ASSEMBLY.
21. REAR WHEEL ASSEMBLY.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 12
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
22. OUTPUT HOSE ASSEMBLY.
23. HOSE STOWAGE.
24. BATTERY.
25. BATTERY TRAY.
26. LIFTING HOOK.
27. TOWING HOOK.
28. ENGINE SILENCER CLAMP.
29. MUFFLER SILENCER CLAMP.
30. SILENCER FRAME.
31. RADIATOR FAN.
32. FUEL TANK.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 13
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
A. Canopy This is a metallic enclosure to cover the components against any kind of environments and to
withstand any external damages to protect the unit. This enclosure is also insulated for thermal and
sound absorption resulting in reduction of heat & sound on the canopy walls.
The canopy is fabricated out of MS sheet metal profiles and is mounted on to the base frame through
fasteners. The entire canopy is detachable from the base frame to have full access during major
overhaul of the equipment.
The canopy has hinged doors on the sides to facilitate access to the routine checks and maintenance.
The top doors are bolted to the canopy top member and it can be dismantled when in need. Cross
channels are provided inside the canopy to collect the water.
B. Fuel Tank
The Fuel tank is fabricated out of SS sheet metal profiles and is mounted on to the base frame through
fasteners. Two individual tanks are fabricated and interconnected to form the total capacity of the tank
is 285 liters (75 gallons).
Provisions are available for manual fuel filling, suction port, return line port, dipstick, breather and
fuel float. An external overfill port is provided for physical identification.
To take care of the raise in fuel temperature an additional fuel cooler has been included in fuel tank
assembly for the fuel return line circuit. Control circuits are designed such that the cooler is made to
ON when any one of the pressure modes (AST / ACP) is selected.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 14
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
CONTROL PANEL AND PNEUMATIC PANEL
DOOR
RADIATOR ANDENGINE SIDE DOOR
`
ENGINE AIR FILTER CUTOUT TOP DOOR
RADIATOR CUTOUT TOP DOOR
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 15
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
OIL COOLER SIDE DOOR
SILENCER SIDE FRONT DOOR
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 16
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
C. Coupling of Engine & Compressor The Engine and the Compressor is coupled directly by means of a flexible coupling. The flywheel end
of the engine has the male part of the coupling and the compressor shaft has the female part of the
coupling with rubber pads. These rubber pads are provided for achieving flexibility. A fabricated
housing is provided to interconnect the engine flywheel housing and the compressor flange to avoid
any possibility of misalignment.
The Engine & Compressor Coupling drawing shown below illustrates the assembly, for easy
identification.
ENGINE & COMPRESSOR COUPLING DETAILS
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 17
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
5. Controls, Monitoring and Protection
This section list out the control system parameters, monitoring the Engine &Compressor parameters
and other protection Indicators.
5A. AVAILABLE CONTROLS i. Control Panel
DISPLAY FUNCTION NORMAL VALUES
Engine RPM Engine Speed Idle – 1300
Full Speed – 2100
Mode AST – IDLE - ACP Idle – No load mode
Air Pressure Output Air Pressure 0 - 10 PSIg
ii. Relay Module
LAMPS INDICATION COLOUR
Hose 1 selection When Air output hose 1 on / off
ball valve selected Green colour
Stop Engine lamp When Engine is stopped Red colour
Check Engine lamp When there is any warning Yellow colour
iii. Pneumatic Panel
GAUGES FUNCTION NORMAL VALUES
Regulator Pr. Gauge Regulation Tank Pressure 40 - 70 PSI
E-P output air Pr. Gauge Control Air 0 – 30 PSI
Tank Pr. Gauge Pneumatic tank pressure 6 – 10 bar
Pressure – Comp. Lube oil Comp. Lube oil pressure 1 – 3 bar
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 18
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
5B. WARNING INDICATIONS IN CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY
On Healthy condition Ready to start
Engine lube oil pressure low LOW E.OIL PR
Engine coolant temperature high HI.COOL.TEMP
Coolant level low LOW COOLANT
Engine speed Low (RPM) UNDER SPEED
Compressor lube oil pressure low COMP. LLOP
Compressor lube oil temperature high COMP. HOT
Output Discharge Air temperature high HIGH DT
If Regulation pressure is low in Idle mode REG LOW PRE
If Regulation pressure is low and AST/ACP applied
Reg pressure low
Change to IDLE
If P-I pressure signal lost /input wire open Pressure Signal
Lost, Check P-I
If Engine RPM Lost/input wire open RPM Lost
If EMR Communication Failure EMR Connection Failed
If unit does not cranks Crank Failed
Reset & Try
Engine cranks but no RPM input available OUTPUT: 00.0 PSIg
Check RPM Input
Fuel level low LOW FUEL
If Engine air filter clogged E.AF CLOG
If Compressor air filter clogged COMP.AF CLOG
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 19
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
5C. PROTECTIONS IN THE EQUIPMENT
The abnormal operating conditions described in Chapter1- Section 2 - ASU Protection System and set
limits will cause automatic engine shut down*.
Any rectification for the faults should be checked in accordance with the trouble-shooting chart
provided in CHAPTER II / II - ASU Trouble Shooting Procedures & Techniques
*Note: No Protections will trip the Engine in AST mode contact is kept in close condition. This interlock is provided to avoid Hot Start of the Aircraft Engine.
PROTECTIONS FOR COMPRESSOR
The Compressor is protected from High pressure by incorporating two spring loaded Safety valves
mounted on the output discharge line.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 20
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
6. SPECIFICATIONS AND CAPABILITY Model : ASU 160
Unit capacity : 160 PPM
Discharge Pressure : 40 PSIG at AST mode
: 30 PSIG at ACP mode
Discharge Temperature : 200 Deg C
Regulation : Microcontroller base System & Bypass setup
Fuel tank capacity : 285 ltrs ( 75 Gal )
Front Wheel track : 585 mm ( 23”)
Rear Wheel track : 1510 mm ( 59”)
Wheel Base : 2900mm (114.2”)
Towing speed : 20 kmph
Towing angle : 160 Deg
Tyre : Solid cushion tyre
Length (Tow bar folded condition) : 4475 mm (176.2”)
Length (Tow bar unfolded condition) : 5610 mm (220.9”)
Width : 1920 mm (75.6”)
Height : 2250mm ( 88.6”)
Weight : 4400 kgs (approx.)
PRIMEMOVER DIESEL ENGINE
Make : Deutz
Model : BF 6M 1015 C
Gross power kW / BHP @ rpm : 286kW @ 2100 RPM (INT DUTY)
No of cylinders : 6
Aspiration : Turbocharged & After cooled
After cooling system : 1 - Pump 2 - Loop
Displacement : 14.0 ltr ( 855 cu.in )
Bore : 132 mm ( 5.2 in )
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 21
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Stroke : 145 mm ( 5.7 in )
Compression ratio : 17 : 1
Firing order : 1 - 6 - 3 - 5 - 2 - 4
Crankshaft rotation (viewed from front) : Clockwise
Emission control : ETC
Fuel consumption : 220 g / kW -HR
Oil Pan capacity (high – low) : 34-26 liters
Coolant Capacity : 17 liters
Weight with radiator ( dry ) : 1050 kgs
Engine Speed : 2100 1/min
Voltage : 24V DC
Kindly refer the Engine Manual provided in chapter VI - Manufacturer Appendix
COMPRESSOR
SCREW COMPRESSOR FOR AIR START
Make : GHH - RAND
Model : CD - 26S
Gear ratio : 4.038
Screw compressor flow rate : 1633 cfm
Air quality : Oil free Dry
By-pass valve setting : Automatic (As per demand)
Safety Valve setting : 60 PSIg
Shutoff Valve type : Butterfly valve
Shutoff Valve actuation : Manual
Air hose length : 30’
Discharge temperature : 200 Deg C
Weight : 750 kgs
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 22
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Kindly refer the Compressor Manual provided in chapter VI - Manufacturer Appendix
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Batteries : 2 x 12V - 150 AH
Charging Alternator Make : Detuz
Charging Alternator : 55Amps
COMPRESSOR LUBRICATING SYSTEM
Lube oil capacity : 40 ltrs
Lube oil grade : ISO VG 46 ULTRA LUBE
Oil cooler Make : AKG Thermotechnik International
Oil cooler Part No : 5203.202.0000
Max. internal pressure : 26 Bar
Max Oil temperature : 110 Deg C
Volume : 2.9 ltrs
Fan rpm : 2950
Fan voltage : 24 V DC
Quantity : 1 Nos
Weight : 23 kgs
SAFETY RELIEF VALVE
Make : SPENCE
Model : 0042A-JHA
Type : Spring loaded
Set Pressure : 60 PSIg
Quantity : 2 Nos
Max flow handling capacity : 1586 SCFM
Weight : 8 kgs x 2
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 23
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
ENGINE SILENCER
Make : MAK
Type : Residential
Quantity : 1 No.
BYPASS SILENCER
Make : MAK
Type : Residential
Quantity : 1 No.
Temperature : 200°C ( 392 F)
Pressure : 40 PSIg
BY PASS VALVE
Make : MAK
Control Range : 90 - 400 PPM
Valve Type : Slotted pipe
Quantity : 1 No
Weight/unit : 61 kgs
ACTUATOR
Make : BELLOFRAM
Model : SS-24-F-BP-HFM
Type : Spring return
Stroke : 132 mm ( 5.20” )
Cylinder dia : 140 mm ( 5.51” )
Quantity : 1 No
Weight/unit c : 10 kgs
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 24
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
ACTUATOR SOLENOID
Make : ASCO
Model : WT8551A001MS
Ratings : 24 VDC
Function : 5/2
Quantity : 1 Nos
LIMIT SWITCH
Make : STONEL
Model : QZM2VE2R
Mounting kit Part No. : XRPXS025
Quantity : 1 Nos
QUICK EXHAUST SOLENOID & COIL
Make : FESTO
Model : MN1H-2-3/8-MS
Coil Model : MSN1G-24VDC-OD
Ratings : 24 VDC
Quantity : Each 1 Nos PNEUMATIC PANEL COMPONENTS PRESSURE SWITCH
Make : DANFOSS
Model : KP135
Part no : 060-121766
Quantity : 2 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 25
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
E-P FILTER CUM REGULATOR
Make : FESTO
Model : LFR-1/4-D-MINI-A
Part no. : 159635
Quantity : 1 Nos
P-I INPUT FILTER
Make : FESTO
Model : LF-1/4-D-MINI-A
Part no. : 159617
Quantity : 1 Nos
E-P TRANSDUCER
Make : CONTROL AIR
Model : 900-CIA
Quantity : 1 Nos
P-I TRANSDUCER
Make : BELLOFRAM
Model : 964-501-001
Quantity : 1 Nos
COMPRESSOR OILPRESSURE GAUGE
Make : WIKA
Model : 0-4 Bar
Quantity : 1 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 26
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
PNEUMATIC TANK PRESSURE GAUGE
Make : WIKA
Model : 0-10 Bar
Quantity : 1 Nos
CONTROL PANEL COMPONENTS: STARTING KEY
Make : TIGER
Model : ACC-BAT- IGN-ST
Part No. : 429 2483
Quantity : 1 Nos
EMERGENCY STOP
Make : IDEC
Model : Normally Closed
Part No. : AVW402ERP
Quantity : 1 Nos
RELAYS
Make : FINDER
Model : 4 Changeover
Ratings : 24V DC – 7A
Part no. : 55.34.9.024.0074
Quantity : 6 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 27
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
TIMER RELAY
Make : FINDER
Model : 4 Change over
Ratings : 24V DC
Part no : 85.04.0.024.0.000
Quantity : 1 Nos
STARTING & COOLER FAN RELAYS
Make : O/E/N
Model : Single change over
Ratings : 24 VDC / 30A
Part No. : 531-1A-24-T-1
Quantity : 2 Nos.
RESETTABLE FUSE
Make : TYCO ELECTRONICS
Model : W58-XB1A4A-5, 15 & 30
Ratings : 5, 15 & 30Amps
Quantity : Each 2 Nos & 1 Nos
HOSE SELECTION SWITCHES
Make : OTTO
Model : T7-231B5 / ON-ON
Quantity : 3 Nos
MODE SELECTOR SWITCH
Make : OTTO
Model : T7-231F5 / ON-OFF-ON
Quantity : 1 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 28
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
LAMP SWITCHES
Make : OTTO
Model : T7-231A5 / ON-OFF
Quantity : 3 Nos
ALARM & OPTIONAL SWITCH
Make : OTTO
Model : T7-231A5 / ON-OFF
Quantity : Each 1 Nos
DIAGONSIS & BYPASS SWITCH
Make : OTTO
Model : T7-231E5 / Spring Return
Quantity : Each 1 Nos
HOSE INDICATION LAMP
Make : IDEC
Model : Green colour / 24 VDC
Part No. : AL6M-P4G
Quantity : 3 Nos
ENGINE STOP LAMP
Make : IDEC
Model : Red colour / 24 VDC
Part No. : AL6M-P4R
Quantity : 1 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 29
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
ENGINE CHECK LAMP
Make : IDEC
Model : Yellow colour / 24 VDC
Part No. : AL6M-P4Y
Quantity : 1 Nos
SYSTEM OK & AIR ON LAMP
Make : IDEC
Model : Green colour / 24 VDC
Part No. : AL6M-P4G
Quantity : each 1 Nos
10 PIN ALLIED CONNECTOR
Make : ALLIED ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
Model / Type : Female Connector / Special - Lock Type
Part No. : MG 00F 18-1S
Quantity : 1 Nos
35 PIN ALLIED CONNECTOR
Make : ALLIED ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
Model / Type : Female Connector / Special - Lock Type
Part No. : MG 00F28-15S
Quantity : 1 Nos
PANEL LOCK
Make : DHARSAN
Model : DMCL-4-F
Quantity : 2 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 30
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
SENSORS CHARGING AMMETER
Make : MURPHY
Model : -60-0+60 AMPS
Part No. : EGS21
Quantity : 1 Nos
FUEL FLOAT
Make : MURPHY
Model : ES2F
Part No. : 05-70-5668
Quantity : 1 Nos
COMPRESSOR OIL PRESSURE SENSOR
Make : MURPHY
Model : ESP-100
Quantity : 1 Nos
COMPRESSOR OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Make : DETRIV. INSTRUMENTS
Model : PT-1000
Quantity : 1 Nos
OUTPUT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Make : DETRIV. INSTRUMENTS
Model : PT-1000
Quantity : 1 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 31
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
COMPRESSOR AIR FILTER CLOG INDICATOR
Make : MANN
Model / Part no. : 50 mBar / 3900062959
Quantity : 1 Nos HOSE COUPLING ADAPTOR SENSOR
Make : OMRON
Model : Proximity Switch
Part No. : E2A-M18KN16-M1-C1
Quantity : 1 Nos
PNEUMATIC TANK COMPONENTS PNEUMATIC TANK
Make : FESTO
Model / Part no. : CRVZ-20
Quantity : 1 Nos AIR FILTER
Make : SMC
Model / Part no. : I-AF40-04
Quantity : 1 Nos MIST SEPEARTOR
Make : SMC
Model / Part no. : AFM40-04
Quantity : 1 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 32
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
AUTODRAIN VALVE
Make : SMC
Model / Part no. : 1-AD402-04
Quantity : 1 Nos
AIR DRYER INSULATION KIT
Make : TVS
Model : M1K26/1
Quantity : 1 Nos
RELIEF VALVE
Make : BENDIX
Model / Part no. : VAR VALVE_SAFTEY / 284142N
Quantity : 1 Nos
SAFTEY COMPONENTS BATTERY ISOLATOR
Make : CURTIS
Model : ED-125
Quantity : 1 Nos PILOT PROCESS VALVE
Make : SMC
Model / Part no. : 1-VND202D-15A-B
Quantity : 1 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / I PAGE 33
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
LAMPS CORNER LAMP
Make : VITRONICS
Model : Amber Colour -24 V
Quantity : 6 Nos
CABIN & PANEL LAMP
Make : VITRONICS
Model : White Colour -24 V
Type : Rectangle
Quantity : 4 Nos
OBSTRUCTION LAMP
Make : ALTOS
Model : Orange Colour -24 V
Quantity : 1 Nos
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
CHAPTER I SECTION II
ELECTRONICS AND ELECTRICAL MODULE
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 1
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1. Pre-Commissioning Check When preparing to start the equipment, which has been in storage, for a long period, perform all the
checks listed in Engine maintenance procedure at Daily Intervals in the Operation and Maintenance
manual.
INSPECTION
Visually inspect if any components have been damaged during transit.
WARNING
If any damage is found in a component do not attempt to start the equipment unless the damage is rectified or the component is replaced.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to start the equipment unless all the fasteners are checked for Proper tightness. Note: Prolonged cranking of the starting motor can result in damage to the starter.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 2
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
2. Do’s & Don’t s
Do’s
Only authorized personal should handle the system.
Check for the fuel availability in the tank before starting the system in the beginning of the day.
Engine oil level, coolant level, Compressor oil level should be checked before the 1st start of the
unit on that day.
Free passage at Air Intake, Radiator fan output to be ensured.
Engine should be allowed to run at IDLE speed in no load condition before shutting down.
In case of deficiency in the output parameters, only authorized person should go through the
trouble-shooting chart for any adjustments.
Any adjustment in the system should be done with the help of the Manual and detailed circuit
diagrams.
Disconnect the batteries if there is any welding to be carried out on the unit.
Don’ts:
The unit should not be towed in running condition.
Never open the output valve before the unit is cranked and the output parameters are within
acceptable limits.
Never bypass any protection system for starting the unit, without rectifying the fault.
Never Shutoff the unit with load.
Never fill fuel or Coolant or Oil while engine in running condition.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 3
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
3. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Starting of ASU Ensure that the mode selector switch is in “IDLE” position.
Ensure that the output hose selection switches (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) are in “OFF” position.
Ensure that the Air output hose ball valves (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) are in “CLOSE” position.
Ensure that the output hoses (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) are in Hose stowage coupling adaptor.
Switch “ON” the Battery Isolator.
Turn the Starting key from “ OFF ” position to “RUN” position and ensure the system is “READY
TO START”.
Check for the Battery Voltage & Fuel availability in the LCD display.
Turn the Starting key from “ RUN ” position to “START” position and Release once the Engine
gets Cranked. Do not keep cranking more than 5 seconds.
Let the Engine to run at the idle speed for a minimum of three minutes. The Unit is now Ready for “AST” or “ACP” operation.
INSPECTION
Visually inspect whether all the parameters are within limit and all the gauges are functioning.
WARNING
Do not open the Output valve unless all the parameters are under control.
CAUTION Before working on or near the unit remove loose items of clothing or Jewels that could get caught in a moving part of the engine and cause personal Injury. Safety glasses and hearing protection should also be worn.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 4
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
B. Jet Start Operation (AST mode)
Uncoil the output hose (s) as required, connect to the Aircraft coupling & check for proper connection.
Check for any twist in the Hose(s), if so rectify the same.
Ensure that the Hose selection switches (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) is in “OFF” position.
Change the mode selector switch from “IDLE” mode to “AST” mode.
Check whether all output parameters are within acceptable limits.
For air bleeding, manually open the corresponding Air output hose ball valve (s) and observe the hose selected indication lamp provided in the operating panel.
Change the selected hose switches (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) to “ON” position.
Await further instructions from the crew.
C. Air Conditioning Operation (ACP mode)
Uncoil the output hose (s) as required, connect to the Aircraft coupling & check for proper connection.
Check for any twist in the Hoses, if so rectifies the same.
Ensure that the Hose selection switches (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) are in “OFF” position.
Change the mode selector switch from “IDLE” mode to “ACP” mode.
Check whether all output parameters are within acceptable limits.
For air bleeding, manually open the corresponding Air output hose ball valve (s) and observe the hose selected indication lamp provided in the operating panel.
Change the selected hose switches (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) to “ON” position.
Await further instructions from the crew.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 5
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
INSPECTION
Visually inspect whether the “AIR ON” lamp glows when the output valve is opened for Air bleeding.
WARNING Always be cautious whenever the operator is near the output valve, since in the event of any coupling failure, contact with high pressure / high temperature could be dangerous.
CAUTION
Note: No Protections will trip the Engine in Air start mode. This Interlock is provided to avoid Hot Start of the Aircraft Engine. Operator’s attention is required during this situation to save the system getting damaged.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 6
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
D. ASU Shut down Procedures
After the completion of one Engine start, the following sequences of procedures are to be carried out to
accomplish “ASU Shut down”.
• Change the mode selector switch from “AST or ACP” to “IDLE” mode.
• Change the hose selection switches (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) to “OFF” position.
• Change the Air output hose ball valves (Hose1, Hose2 & Hose3) to “CLOSE” position.
• Ensure that the output hose gets De-pressurized.
• Disconnect the output hoses and stow in the hose stowage coupling adaptor.
• Turn the starting key from “RUN” position to “OFF” position.
• Allow the unit to run at the idle speed for the predetermined time.
• Switch “OFF” the Battery isolator.
In case of any Emergency Shut off, hit the “EMERGENCY OFF” mushroom actuator on the ASU
Control panel.
Perform the After Operation Procedures of the daily services (see Chapter on Maintenance II / 1)
INSPECTION Visually inspect all the assemblies are in good condition.
WARNING Do not attempt to restart the Unit without rectifying the fault. Kindly refer CHAPTER II / II in this manual for Trouble shooting and rectification
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 7
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4. General Description Principle of Operation
The ASU 160 PPM air compressor package consists of various components and assemblies. The
Diesel Engine acts as a prime mover to rotate the secondary Screw Compressor. Other major
components / assemblies are as follows,
Compressor air suction filter assembly
Compressor oil tank and output assembly
Output air Pressure Regulating assembly
Electronic control panel assembly
Pneumatic Panel assembly
Compressor Oil coolers assembly
Output Header / Hose assembly
Engine Fuel tank assembly
Engine air filter assembly and
Bye-pass assembly.
Once the engine gets cranked and started, it rotates the coupled compressor to deliver the output flow
irrespective of the load. At idle (no load) condition the engine run at 1300 RPM (set speed) and the
output air thus produced is let out to the atmosphere through bye-pass muffler. This idle mode has
been designed to run the engine with minimum load all the time except when connecting the loads
(ACP – 30 Psig or AST – 40 Psig line pressure). This feature increases the overall life of the diesel
engine and also reduces the fuel cost to the maximum.
The Compressor air suction filter assembly consists of specially designed double stage (noise
reduction) industrial suction filter fixed inside a metallic hood to prevent from any external damages. It
is directly connected to the Compressor’s suction port through 10” MS pipe and flanges. It sucks the
atmospheric air at a pressure of 14.7 PSIg and supplies it to the Compressor, where it gets compressed
by means of dry screw rods present inside the compression chamber. Thus compressed Oil free, dry air
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 8
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
is regulated to the required pressure of 40 PSIg and can bleed through the hose provided in the unit to
handle the entire 160-PPM (maximum) flow rate.
The Compressor oil tank forms the integrated part of the compressor and consists of
• Filling point,
• Sight glass,
• Injection points,
• Return line filter
An integrated oil pump lubricates the Compressor. A pipeline fitted with a ball valve provides
compressor oil drain. The lube oil is taken from the tank by the pump and passes through 24 V DC
operated oil cooler. The oil cooler is mounted separately and it controlled by power relay that is fixed
on the same for easy monitoring/accessing and troubleshooting. The electrical connections are wired
such a way that after the engine gets cranked, at the time oil cooler will be in running condition (Oil
cooler-1). The PT-1000 (Temperature sensor) is used to sense the compressor oil temperature and
mounted at the outlet of the oil cooler. The cooler is configured such a way that they suck the
atmospheric air, inline with the Engine radiator fan and thus maintain the compressor lube oil
temperature under control. The oil from the cooler is passed to the injection points and returns back to
the oil tank.
The Output air Pressure Regulation is achieved by means of Electronic control panel, Pneumatic panel
and Pressure Regulating valve assembly.
The ECP - Electronic control panel controls the entire system with the help of a powerful Micro
Controller based PID Closed loop algorithm. It takes care of all monitoring, warning, indication,
protection circuits and fine regulation.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 9
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Kindly refer page no: 13 for the completed description of the electronic control panel assembly.
Electro-Pneumatic panel is constructed with the help of the following components,
• P-I (Pressure to Current) Transducer,
• E-P (Voltage to Pressure) Transducer,
• Pneumatic gauges,
• Pressure Switch and Gauges
The P-I Transducer with very high response time continuously senses the output air pressure in the
output header and gives the signal to the ECP. This pressure signal is compared with the set values of
AST / ACP modes and a corrective signal is applied to control the E-P Transducer there by
venting/blocking the excess air to the atmosphere via bypass muffler and to vary the electronic demand
throttle to nullify the error and achieve the required flow rate.
The Pilot pneumatic pressure used to control the pressure-regulating valve is generated from an engine
mounted auxiliary compressor. The output air from the auxiliary compressor is collected in a small
storage (Pneumatic) tank and then passes through air Dryer (along with un-loader) assembly, to
produce the moisture free dry air.
A 40-micron filter cum regulator with an auto drain valve, in the pneumatic panel is used to filter the
dried air and regulate the same before supplying to the E-P Transducer. The E-P input pressure is to be
normally set at 40 – 70 Psig. The Pressure Switch (PS) mounted at the output of the regulator, senses
the regulated Pilot air pressure and sends the signal to the Control Panel. When there is no pressure
buildup in the tank, the electronic control panel gives a warning signal as “ Regulation pressure low”.
And during such condition, if any mode (AST / ACP) is selected, the intelligent system will sense the
situation and gives another warning message as “Regulation pressure low – Change to IDLE”. This
safety interlock has been incorporated to make sure that there will not be any control/regulation taking
place in order to protect jet engine from hot start.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 10
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Kindly refer page no: 20 for the completed description of the Electro-pneumatic panel assembly.
The pressure-regulating system has been provided to regulate the output pressure as per the
requirement (Type of Aircrafts say, narrow body, wide body, jets, jumbo jets, etc.). It consist of
1. Pneumatic actuator,
2. Bye-pass valve,
3. Shut off valve,
4. Quick exhaust solenoid,
The output of the E-P transducer is supplied to the pneumatic cylinder to control the movement of the
pressure-regulating valve and there by controlling the output flow. A quick exhaust solenoid valve is
mounted at the top of the pneumatic cylinder for quick release of pressure during excess pressure
build-up (when line pressure exceeds 47.0 Psig).
Two Safety relief valves set @ 60 PSIg are mounted at the compressor output discharge line to let the
entire air to the atmosphere, in case of any excess pressure build-up and there by avoiding any physical
damage. A High Discharge Temperature sensor (HDT) mounted at the discharge line will sense the
output air temperature and sends to the control and the panel trips the engine when it exceeds the set
value (250 Deg C and above)
Two gauges are provided below the Pneumatic panel, to indicate/monitor Compressor oil pressure and
Pneumatic tank pressure.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 11
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
5. Pneumatic Block Diagram
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 12
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
6. Compressor Lubrication circuit diagram
1.COMPRESSOR
2.OIL COOLER
3.PRESSURE GAUGE
4.COMPRESSOR OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2
4
1
3
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 13
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
7. ASU Panel Descriptions I. Control Panel Module
The ASU Control Panel takes care of protection, monitoring, electro pneumatic control circuits, EMR
fault diagnosis, output hose selection and control operations of the MAK ASU 160PPM. This module
comprises of the two printed circuit boards and the following Panel components.
• ASU Controller Card (CPU) – MAK PCB No.472-A
• LCD Display Card – MAK PCB No. 475
• Digital high intensity LCD – 2 X 16
• Starting key – Tiger key
• Mode Selector switch (AST – IDLE – ACP)
• Air ON indicating lamp - Green
• Manual Re-settable fuse – 15 Amps
• Emergency push button switch
• Key board
• Indication Lamps
• Switches
• Re-settable fuse
• Electrical Relays
ASU Controller Card:
ASU controller board marked as MAK PCB no: 472A (Printed circuit board) is a four-layered board
compiled to NEMA FR4 standard forms the heart of the MAK ASU 160 PPM. It uses the powerful
micro controller based PID algorithm that senses, monitors and controls all Electronic, Electrical,
Electro-Mechanical & Electro-Pneumatic controls for Protection and Pressure Regulation.
LCD Display Card:
LCD display board marked as MAK Pcb no: 475 used for interfacing 2 nos of 16x2 High Intensity
LCD module with the ASU Controller card by through miniature FRC cable.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 14
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
LCD Module:
Two 16x2 high intensity LCD modules are used to display all the Output, Engine, Compressor and
other parameters, Warning messages as well as the Fault Indications of the ASU 160 PPM. They are
mounted on the LCD Display card. A clear transparent window has provided in the control panel to
monitor and prevent the LCD module from external damages.
Starting Key:
It is a four-position key (ACC – OFF – RUN – START) used for starting the Engine. In the 4th position
it is a spring return. The positions and their operations are listed below:
• ACC mode: All the accessories such as panel lamps, cabin lamps & obstruction lamps used in
the unit gets powered by keeping the starting key in this position.
• OFF mode: This mode is used to keep the starting key in OFF position; it disconnects the
electrical supply to the control panel. When the unit is not put into operation the starting key
should always be kept in this position to prevent the drainage of the batteries.
• RUN mode: By turning the Starting key from OFF position to RUN position all the systems,
gauges and transducers used in the unit gets energized. A Welcome message is displayed in the
LCD, followed by “Ready To Start” display on healthy condition.
• START mode: In this position the engine can be cranked if there is no fault exists. The supply
from this terminal has taken through starter interlock relay (for disabling engine cranking when
the engine is already running), engine fault RLEF (for disabling engine cranking if there is any
existing fault) and actuates starter relay RLS. This relay in turn actuates the starter solenoid
there by energizing starter motor.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 15
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Air ON Indication Lamp:
A green coloured LED lamp has provided in the ASU control panel for indicating the Air ON status on
selecting any mode (AST / ACP).
Re-settable Fuse:
A manual re-settable fuse of rating 15 Amperes has provided in the control panel to protect all
electronic circuits and components from any short circuit or unit/component failures.
Emergency shut OFF push button:
A red coloured mushroom head actuator has provided to shut down the engine in the emergency
conditions. This is a push to lock switch, which needs to be released before need next start.
Keyboard
Five soft touch keys with a system OK LED forms the keyboard. Each keys performs various special
functions that makes the operator task so easier. The functions of the keys are classified into normal
operation mode and programming / debugging mode. The programming mode is used for factory set
parameters only.
Normal mode operation:
1. Test key – No operation
2. Digit select key – No operation
3. Increment / Page up key – To move to next page display
4. Set / Menu key – This page is used to display ASU maintenance schedule.
5. Fault clear - Every fault that occurs are displayed on the LCD and gets latched, hence the
display remains the same even if the fault gets rectified. Clearing of the fault in the display can
be accomplished by pressing Fault Clear key.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 16
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Indication Lamps:
ASU module consists of six panel mountable LED lamps used for indicating various conditions.
• Output Hose selection – Hose1
Green coloured lamps are provided to indicate the hose selected status.
• Engine Diagnosis
Stop – Red coloured lamp to indicate engine stopped due to EMR protection.
Warning – Yellow coloured lamp to indicate the EMR warning status.
• System OK
A green coloured lamp is used to indicate the overall system performance. This lamp will be
illuminated on any healthy condition and will be flashing on any fault condition.
Switches:
Nine switches of different types are provided in the control panel to perform various functions such as
output hose selection, lamp on/off, Alarm on/off and engine EMR diagnosis (optional) etc.
Hose selection Switches – Hose1
For output air bleeding, three individual toggle switches (DPDT) for Hose1 to energize the actuator
solenoid and there by to actuate the pneumatic actuator fixed to the output butterfly valves.
Bypass Mode Selector Switch: It is a DPDT (Double Pole Double Through) spring return switch used
to select the bypass mode. In this mode used, when output hose adaptor sensor is failure.
Lamp Switches a) Panel Lamp Switch: This switch is used to power ON the Panel lamp fixed inside the Panel
compartment.
b) Cabin Lamp Switch: This switch is provided to power ON all the Cabin lamps fixed inside the
Unit at various locations. These lamps provide light all through out the unit for easy accessibility and
maintenance aspect.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 17
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
c) Obstruction Lamp Switch: This switch is used to power ON the Amber coloured Obstruction lamp
fixed on the top of the unit. This is a 24V high intensity LED lamp with flashing light and can be
viewed at maximum angle even from a longer distance.
Alarm switch: It is a SPDT (Single Pole Double Through) switch used to switch ON /OFF the Hooter,
provided for giving Audio alarm indication during faulty condition
Diagnosis Switch (Optional): It is a DPDT (Double Pole Double Through) spring return switch used
to select the EMR fault diagnosis mode.
Optional Switch: A SPDT (Single Pole Double Through) switch is provided in the unit for any future
application.
Re-settable Fuse:
Two easy to operate manual re-settable type fuse of rating 15 Amperes capacity for all control circuits
and 5 Amperes fuse to control Alarm are mounted in the Relay module.
Re-settable Fuse – Charging ammeter:
Battery charging wire had taken through 30 Amps Re-settable fuse to protect the battery charging
circuit, which has placed, back to the charging ammeter.
Electrical Relays:
The ASU Relay module consists of eight-24V DC operated relays for various control actions. In which
six of them are 4 changeover rail mountable relays, one heavy-duty single changeover panel mountable
relay and a timer-based ON/OFF relay. For all the relays snubbers are provided for filtering and
protection aspects.
• RLEF: This relay is abbreviated as Engine Fault relay and gets energized only on healthy or NO
fault condition and remains in that state until any fault occurs in the system.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 18
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
• RLST: This relay is known as Starting Interlock relay that energizes when the Engine is in OFF
state before cranking and gets de-energizes once the engine gets fired. Hence it prevents the engine
being engaged for the second time during running condition.
• RLER: This is an Engine run relay that energizes only when the Engine gets cranked and runs at
or above the rated idle speed and remains in that state until Engine gets stopped.
• RLQX: This relay is used for energizing the Quick-exhaust solenoid mounted on the top of the
Pneumatic cylinder to retract quickly when there is excess pressure build up (>47 Psig) in the
compressor output discharge pipe line and there by venting the air to atmosphere.
• RLS: This is a single changeover heavy-duty relay mounted vertically on the relay module. It is
used for energizing the Starter motor solenoid, only during the time of cranking. Thus it prevents
the starter being damaged.
• IDLE RUN TIMER RELAY: This is an OFF delay timer based relay with four changeover used
for idle run of the unit during shutdown periods. The unit will run at the rated idle speed of 1200
for the predetermined time interval and gets off.
• RLOVR: Abbreviated as auto shutdown override relay is provided in the relay module to override the
auto shutdown of the EMR during AST mode to prevent the hot start of the aircraft engine.
• RLFLT: Abbreviated as fault relay is provided in the relay module used to energize the 24V
vibrosonic Alarm on occurrence of any fault if the Alarm ON/OFF switch is kept in ON position.
USB Interface Card-PCB No: 477
This card marked as MAK Pcb no: 477 is a double sided board compiled to NEMA FR4 standard and
used to get the RS-232 data from the cpu card and provides in the high speed USB bus for data
logging, event capturing and remote diagnosis.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 19
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Integrated relay card – PCB no: 500
This card marked as Pcb no: 500 is a double sided board compiled to NEMA FR4 standard and used to
energize the actuator solenoid thro’ onboard relay and idle run of the ASU. Compiled to NEMA FR4
standard forms the heart of the MAK ASU 160 PPM. It uses the powerful micro controller based PID
algorithm that senses, monitors and controls all Electronic, Electrical, Electro-Mechanical & Electro-
Pneumatic controls for Protection and Pressure Regulation.
CONTROL PANEL
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 20
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
8. ELECTRO PNEUMATIC PANEL The electro-pneumatic panel consists of the following components,
• P-I Transducer
• Filter
• E-P Transducer
• Filter cum Regulator
• Pressure Switches
• Gauges
P-I TRANSDUCER
It is a two-wire electro-pneumatic transmitter designed for industrial field service. This instrument
converts a signal pressure input into a precise 4-20 mA output. This type uses a unique, temperature
compensated piezoresistive sensor suitable for gauge pressure measurement of non-corrosive liquids
and gases. The sensor has excellent dynamic response and is virtually insensitive to mounting
orientation and ordinary industrial vibration. The industrial standard 4-20 mA current loop is used to
represent 0-100 psig line pressure. This is transmitted to the electronic control system.
FILTER
This is a micro filter that filters the main compressor’s output air and passes it to the P – I Transducer.
The filtrations rate is 5 mic and features a centrifugal separator for water removal and has an auto
drain.
E-P TRANSDUCER
This is also an electro pneumatic transducer that reduces a supply pressure to a regulated output
pressure, which is directly proportional to a three-wire voltage input. This design incorporates closed
loop sensing of the output pressure to achieve excellent accuracy and vibration stability. It also
features a unique damping circuit, which can be adjusted to prevent overshoot and actuator ‘hunting’.
The industrial standard 0 – 5 Volt DC is used to convert 0 - 30 psig air pressure signal used to drive the
cylinder. The input voltage signal is conditioned to provide a normalized control signal directly
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 21
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
proportional to the desired pressure output. The input pilot pressure for this transducer is supplied from
a pneumatic tank by means of the Engine mounted auxiliary compressor. For proper operation of E-P
transducer regulator input is set between 40 - 70 psig.
FILTER CUM REGULATOR
This assembly consists of a micro filter, pressure regulator and a pressure gauge to indicate the
regulated pressure value. The pilot pressure for the E-P transducer is directly fed to this filter to get
filtrated. And by using the Regulator one can regulate the inlet pressure to the desired range of 40 – 70
PSIg. The filtrations rate is 5 mic and features a centrifugal separator for water removal and has an
automatic drain. A gauge of range 0 to 10 bar is mounted on the outlet port of the regulator to monitor
the output pressure.
PRESSURE SWITCH – Regulation pressure
A pressure Switch of range from 0 to 10 bar with adjustable set point is mounted at the outlet of the
regulator. It continuously monitors the inlet pressure applied to the E-P transducer and sends the low
signal to the control panel to check for regulation pilot pressure. And it is set @ 4 bar.
GAUGES
Three different types of pressure gauges are used in the pneumatic panel for various
monitoring/control actions.
• Regulator output gauge
This gauge is mounted at the outlet port of the filter cum regulator and used to determine the amount of
pilot pressure regulated to E-P transducer. It offers a higher accuracy class and has a Bar/PSI scale
with fine divisions. It is silicon free. In continuous operation gauges may only be loaded up to 3 / 4 of
their full-scale value.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 22
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
• Pressure gauge – Pneumatic tank
This gauge is used to monitor the pressure at the pneumatic tank. It ranges from 0 to 10 bars. This
gauge is provided for easy trouble shooting when there is no pressure built up in the system. It offers a
higher accuracy class and has a Bar/PSI scale with fine divisions. It is silicon free and glycerin filled
one.
• Pressure gauge – Compressor lube oil
This gauge is provided for indicating the compressor lube oil pressure considering the oil coolers and
pump return aspects. It ranges from 0 to 4 bars. It offers a higher accuracy class and has a Bar/PSI
scale with fine divisions. It is silicon free and glycerin filled one.
PNEUMATIC PANEL
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 23
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
9. Electronic Pressure Control System This is a unique and sophisticated smart Embedded system, based on powerful high-speed micro
controller. This is the heart of the system, which controls and monitors all the functions. It accepts the
transducer input and various switch inputs to take care of all the output controls.
The signal from P-I transducer is taken and processed through a powerful PID algorithm to provide
control output. This control output is a voltage signal that varies from 0-5V, which is transmitted to the
E-P converter, to provide a pressure output of 0-30 psig. This pneumatic signal is used to drive the
cylinder to control the amount of air let to the atmosphere and thus regulates the output pressure.
Apart from pressure regulating valve position control the control system also provides a control output
to vary the engine speed from idle to full speed. Based on the load requirement (determined by Aircraft
type) automatically. This will enhance the fuel efficiency and wear and tear of the machine when the
system used for lower requirements.
This is one of the unique features of MAK ASU system. By employing this system, the fuel efficiency
is guaranteed since the engine is run at its optimum speed. For 160 PPM, idle speed is set at 1300 rpm
and full speed is 2100 rpm.
This smart system always watches for any abnormality in the system operation. If anything found, it
immediately takes the necessary corrective action.
In the case of any engine/compressor protection faults, the system automatically shuts the engine with
the fault indication on the LCD display. And if the mode selected is AST the system will continuous to
run and provides the respective Fault indication in the LCD display as well as by flashing the corner
for easy identification (normally all the corner lamps will be in on condition to indicate the running
condition of the unit). In addition to the visual alarm an audio alarm circuit is also included and can be
controlled by means of the Alarm on/off switch provided in the relay module.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 24
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
10. Pressure Regulating System Whenever the pressure control and regulation is required, the control algorithm goes through the
following sequence.
i. System reads the line pressure.
ii. Compares the line pressure with the reference value based on mode.
iii. Based on the error, corrective signal is generated and issued
iv. The above given sequence is repeated continuously to achieve better stability at the output, i.e.,
the controller continuously tries to make the error zero
The Pressure regulating system is the combination of the following systems and components,
• Electronic Pressure Control System
• Regulating Cylinder
• Pressure Regulating (Bypass) Valve
• Quick Exhaust Solenoid
• Safety Valves
• Bypass muffler
(Refer component description for more details)
Electronic Control System
Kindly refer the above description of the electronic control system.
Regulating Cylinder
The regulating cylinder is basically a diaphragm based piston-operated system and acts as an actuator.
The pneumatic actuator is driven by the pressure signal from the E - P Transducer depending upon the
output discharge pressure signal.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 25
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Pressure Regulating Valve
By positioning the pressure-regulating valve at an appropriate position, the system regulates the output
discharge air pressure. In other words, depending on the requirement, certain amount of air is bypassed
by actuating the pressure-regulating valve, which is carried out by the pneumatic actuator. Hence it is
also called as Bypass valve assembly.
Quick Exhaust Solenoid
A normally open quick exhaust solenoid is provided at the inlet port of each pneumatic actuator. It is
used to quickly exhaust the excess pressure produced inside the cylinder, when an overshoot condition
arises in the compressor output discharge line. It is controlled by the ASU electronic control system.
Safety Valves:
The ASU 160 PPM is equipped with two safety valves of identical type to let out the total flow with
set pressure of 60 psig. If there is any excess pressure built occurs, these safety valves opens
immediately in order to let the air to the atmosphere and they’re by avoiding any physical damage.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 26
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
11. Control System Display Parameters System Informative Information: Once the system is powered by switching on the starting key from OFF position to RUN position. A welcome message is displayed in the LCD as, On healthy condition (No fault status) this message is followed by the “READY TO START” display,
If the output Hose selection switches to control the output butterfly valves are kept in open position before cranking, the following warning message will be displayed and cranking of the Engine will not be allowed, 1. a) If one of the output Hose selection switches (Hose1) is kept in open position,
MAK Air Start Unit
Thanks for Choosing
Turn Hose Switch 1 To Close
EOP: 0.0 Bar ECT: 000 °C
System OK Ready to START
EOP: 0.0 Bar ECT: 000 °C
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 27
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
b) If one of the output Butterfly valves (Hose1) is kept in open position, Note: The above all warning messages will be displayed, if the Output butterfly valve(s) used to bleed control the discharge air are kept open by any means will be detected by the Control module and will not allow the operator to crank the unit. This interlock has been included to incorporate personnel safety. If the operator by mistake leaves the ball valves to manually control the output hoses in Open position before starting the ASU. The ASU control panel automatically deducts the situation and displays a warning and disables starting of ASU. 1. If one of the output Hose selection ball valves (Hose1) is kept in open position, Similarly if any one of the pressure-regulating modes (ACP-30Psig / AST-40Psig) has been selected before starting the unit, the control system will not allow the operator to start the ASU and a warning message will be displayed as,
COP: 0.0 Bar COT: 000 °C
Close Ball valve 1 Then crank
FL: 80 % BV: 26 V
FL: 80 % BV: 26 V
Selected – AST Change to IDLE
Selected – ACP Change to IDLE
Close O/P Valve 1 Then Crank
EOP: 0.0 Bar ECT: 000 °C
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 28
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
When all the above safety precautions are taken care by the operator and the entire unit is on healthy condition and if the operator try to Crank, by turning the starting key from run mode to start mode. Crank Sense is applied to the Engine, and the “READY TO START” display changes to, And once the Engine gets cranked, the display changes to the operational/default display. This indicates the Output Discharge pressure in PSIG, RPM of the Prime mover and the current mode. Under any circumstances, if the Engine does not gets started then the following message will be displayed as, In case of any loose connection/disconnect of the EMR communication wiring harness has happened, but the Engine is in running condition, ECP detects this and displays the following warning message as,
5.0PSIG IDLE 198°C RPM LOST
Panel Temp :30°C H:00016:30
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM:1300
Date: 06/12/2007 Time: 10:10:09AM
Crank Failed Reset & Try
Date: 06/12/2007 Time: 10:10:09PM
Start Progress Please Wait
EOP: 0.0 bar ECT: 000 °C
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 29
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
In case of any loose connections/malfunction of the P-I transducer and its wiring, the following warning message is displayed as, Real time Clock Display:
Note: It displays the real time date, month, year and hour, minute, seconds with 12 / 24 hour format. On occurrence of any of the below described faults, Clear Fault message will be displayed in the first line and the respective Fault will be displayed on the second line of the first LCD. Unit will be Trip/Shut down in IDLE as well as ACP mode.
Where as it will continue to run on AST mode irrespective of the fault occurred.
Date: 06/12/2007 Time: 10:10:09AM
SYSTEM FAULT HIGH DT 1/1
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM:1300
Clear faults & TRY again
Pressure signal Lost, check P-I
SYSTEM FAULT HIGH DT 1/1
40.0PSIG AST 198°C RPM:1300
EOP: 0.0 bar ECT: 000 °C
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 30
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
If more than one fault occurs at a time the Faults will be toggled and listed as, If the output hose couplings are not kept in adaptor after cranking, ECP automatically detects this and displays will be toggled the following as, 1. If one of the output Hose couplings (Hose1) is not kept in adaptor, To control the Pressure regulating valve, a minimum amount of pilot pressure is required through out the entire test cycle. To ensure this healthy condition, the control panel continuously monitors the pneumatic tank pressure. In case of Low Regulation Pilot Pressure, a warning message will be displayed as, In any case when the regulation pressure is low and any mode is selected. All the control action carried out by the Control module will be immediately stopped and displays the mode selected along with a warning message as,
SYSTEM FAULT HI.COOL.TEMP 2/2
Clear faults & TRY again
SYSTEM FAULT HIGH DT 1/1
Clear faults & TRY again
SYSTEM FAULT REG LOW PRE. 1/1
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM:1300
Place Aircraft Coupling 1
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM:1300
In Adaptor & Try
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM:1300
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 31
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Note: If this is noticed, verify the tank pressure and its pipeline for any leakage or damage. If the outputs of the Hose selection switches are kept in open position during the hose couplings are inserted in adaptor after running, the following warning message will be displayed and opening of the hose will not be allowed,
1. If one of the output Hose selection switches (Hose1) is kept in open position, In Bypass Mode Display: When in any case if there occurs any error in the Communication between the Engine EMR and ASU control panel the following warning message will be toggled,
Reg pressure low Change to IDLE
EMR Comm. Fail Check EMR to CPU
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM LOST
SYSTEM FAULT REG LOW PRE. 1/1
Turn Hose Switch 1 To Close
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM:1300
Remove Coupling From Adaptor& Try
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM:1300
5.0PSI BYP IDLE 198°C RPM:1300
EOP: 0.0 bar ECT: 000 °C
5.0PSIG IDLE 168°C RPM LOST
EMR Comm. Fail Connector
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 32
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
When you press and hold the menu key for 3 sec ASU maintenance information will be displayed as,
i) Normal Condition
ii) If any one of the maintenance days or engine hours elapsed the following message will be displayed,
Fuel Filter Rep. Due in 0250 Hrs
ASU maintenance Information
Fuel Filter Rep. Due in 0160 Days
ASU maintenance Information
E.Oil&Filter Rep. Due in 0250 Hrs
ASU maintenance Information
E.Oil&Filter Rep. Due in 0160 Days
ASU maintenance Information
Warning! Replace Fuel Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
Warning! Replace E.Oil&Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 33
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
E.Air Filter Rep. Due in 1000 Hrs
ASU maintenance Information
E.Air Filter Rep. Due in 0365 Days
ASU maintenance Informatio
C.Oil&Filter Rep. Due in 0250 Hrs
ASU maintenance Information
Warning! Replace E.Air Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
Warning! Replace C.Oil&Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
ASU maintenance Information
C.Oil&Filter Rep. Due in 0160 Days
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 34
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Use page up key to view next pages, if eleven pages completed then it returns to main page. If any key isn’t pressed for 5 sec LCD message returns to main page.
ASU maintenance Information
Check battery Weekly Once
Warning! Replace C.Air Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
ASU maintenance Information
C.Air Filter Rep. Due in 1000 Hrs
ASU maintenance Information
C.Air Filter Rep. Due in 0365 Days
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 35
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
If the maintenance of the engine or compressor days or hours elapsed before cranking, the following warning message will be displayed and cranking of the Engine will be allowed, (press Fault clr key and then crank the unit.)
Warning! Replace Fuel Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
Warning! Replace E.Oil&Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
Warning! Replace E.Air Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
Warning! Replace C.Oil&Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
Warning! Replace C.Air Filter
Due in 050 Hrs/ 0010 Days
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 36
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
12.WARNING INDICATIONS IN CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY
On Healthy condition Ready to start
Engine lube oil pressure low LOW E.OIL PR
Engine coolant temperature high HI.COOL.TEMP
Engine speed low (RPM) Under speed UNDER SPEED
Engine cranks but no RPM input available RPM LOST
Engine air filter restriction is very high E. AF CLOG
Engine coolant level is low LOW COOLANT
Compressor lube oil pressure low COMP. LLOP
Compressor lube oil temperature high COMP. HOT
Output Discharge Air temperature high HIGH DT
If Regulation pressure is low in Idle mode REG LOW PRE
If Regulation pressure is low and AST/ACP
applied
Reg pressure low
Change to IDLE
Compressor air filter restriction is very high C. AF CLOG
When fuel level is less than 25% LOW FUEL
When fuel level is less than 10% Unit tripped with LOW FUEL
When fuel level is less than 20% (Before starting
the unit)
Cannot be cranked.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 37
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
13. ASU Protection System and set limits ASU electronic control module protects the engine and compressor against the following faults
S# Fault Description Set Limits Action Delay Time Remarks
1 Engine Low Lube Oil Pressure < 2.5 bar Trip 2 Second
2 Engine High Coolant Temp. > 105 ° C Trip 2 Second
3 Under Speed < 800 rpm Trip 30Second
4 Engine Air filter clogging < 30 mbar Warning 2 Second
5 Low Compressor Oil Pressure < 1.0 bar Trip 2 Second
6 High Compressor Oil Temp. Above 80 ° C Trip 2 Second
7 High Discharge Temperature Above 250°C Trip 2 Second
8 Compressor Air filter clogging < 30 mbar Warning 2 Second
9 Regulation Pressure Low < 4 Bar Warning
10 Low Fuel Below 25% Corner lamp
flashing
Immediate
High Discharge Pressure protections
The system has been protected against the high discharge output pressure by the following two
different ways
1. Incorporating two safety valves, factory set at 60 psig at the output of the compressor to handle
the maximum flow (160 PPM) delivery.
2. By energizing the Quick exhaust solenoid fixed at the top of the pressure regulating pneumatic
cylinder @ 47 psig and there by letting out the excess air to the atmosphere through by-pass
muffler.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 38
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
14. Special Interlocks a. Protection for Output Hose
The Engine cannot be cranked when the Output butterfly valve is kept open or the Hose selection
switch is in OPEN position. This is provided to prevent the impact of high pressure to the operators.
b. Protection for Output Hose selection ball valve
The Engine cannot be cranked if the Output hose selection ball valve is kept in OPEN position. This
protection interlock is provided for operator safety.
c. Protection for the Pressure selection modes
The Engine cannot be crank if any one of the pressure modes (AST / ACP) has been selected. This is
provided to prevent the impact of high pressure to the operators.
d. Protection for Output Hose adaptor
After mode selecting ACP/AST, first turn the ball valve open and then remove the hose adaptor from
the hose stowage and insert in the aircraft and then select the Hose 1 switch, if the above sequence
changes the output hose will not be selected.
e. Protection for Engine Cranking while Engine is running
The Engine cannot be cranked when it is running because the supply to the Starter Motor will be
disconnected. This is provided in order to protect the starter motor/flywheel teeth from damage.
Auto Inhibition of LLOP & LCOP
The Engine can be cranked by neglecting the E.LLOP & COMP.LLOP faults, since there will not be
any pressure when the engine as well as the compressor are in “ OFF ” state. This protection circuit
will take its part only after a preset time delay incorporated in the control panel. During starting. LLOP
and C.LLOP will be inhibited for 10 and 30 sec respectively to take care of low ambient conditions.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 39
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
15. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II
PAGE 40
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
CONTROL PANEL WIRING MODULE I
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II
PAGE 41
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
CONTROL PANEL WIRING MODULE II
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II
PAGE 42
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
EMR WIRING DIAGRAM
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 43
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
16. PCB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet1.sch Drawn By:
LCD
LCD
_RS
LC
D_E
N1
LC
D_E
N2
LC
DD
4L
CD
D5
LC
DD
6L
CD
D7
KEY
0
KEY
4K
EY5
KEY
6K
EY7
KEYS
LLOP_OHCT_O
H3AS_O
H1AS_OCHRGFAIL_OLOWCLNT_O
LCOP_O
FAULTS1
CAN
TX0R
TSTX
1RTS
TX2R
TSR
X0B
FR
X1B
F
RL
CF
1R
LFL
ASH
RLER
RLQ
XR
LST
RLE
F
RELAYS
AIN1AIN2
M_RX2M_TX2
RPMS
MO
SIM
ISO
SC
K
SPIE/P_CSCLK_O
VDD +5V
RSTVSTBY
XTALEXTAL
TEST
M_RX1M_TX1 O
NC
E-D
E_B
ON
CE-
TRST
_BO
NC
E-TM
SO
NC
E-TD
0O
NC
E-TD
1O
NC
E-T
CL
K
ONCE-PORT
RL
CF
2
CS
KB
_LED
H2AS_O
RL
FLT
RLACT1RLACT2RLACT3RLCOLD
AUX_RLY
CMPAFC_OE_AFC_OSV1CLOSESV2CLOSESV3CLOSEHOSE1_OHOSE2_OHOSE3_O
FAULTS2
CA
N_I
NT
RT
C_I
RQ
CS_
O
AST
_OA
CP_
O
INT
KEY
3
KEY
1K
EY2
PQB1
EN_ICOC
EN_INT
F_LED
F_L
ED
3F_
LE
D2
F_L
ED
1
1K
R89
1K
R90
1K
R91
VDD
F_LED
F_LED1
F_LED2
F_LED3
1K
R94
1K
R88
VDD
ICO
C20
ICO
C21
ICO
C22
INT5
INT6
INT7
15pFC19
15pFC20
1MR10
XTAL
EXTAL
VDD
VSTBY
0.1uF
C51
CHANNEL1CHANNEL2
BAT_I/P
FLA_CSTEMP_CSRTC_CSCAN_CSDAC1_CSDAC2_CSLED
LED1LED2
LED
LED1
LED2
BV1_SENBV2_SEN
BV3_SEN
IDLERUNRPLOW_OSV1OPENSV2OPENSV3OPEN
FAULTS3
EMRRPM_O
LCDBACKLITFLT_CLR_O
EMRRPM_O
ICO
C11
RST_O
RST_OCLK_O
TP
RSTTP7
TP
CLKTP8
PQB2PQB3
ADD1ADD0
MCORE CIRCUIT
SYSTEM STATUS LED
FAULT LED'S
13
2
DIO914
D4
13
2
DIO914
D5
SYS
GREEN
SYS
GREEN
FT1
RED
FT2
RED
FT3
RED
ECS-CSM-7-DN
XTAL1
8MHz-SMD
BR-2/3AE2SPBT1
MCOREASU-PRODUCTION
PCBNO:472A
CA1 11
VERSION1.1
ICO
C13
56
XTAL124
EXTAL125
RX
D2
68TX
D2
66
INT
379
INT
275
INT
172
INT
071
SCK
93M
ISO
91M
OS
I90
TXD
169
RX
D1
70
D24/PA010
D25/PA17
D26/PA25
D28/PA43 D27/PA34
D29/PA52
D30/PA61
D16/PB025
D17/PB122
D18/PB221
D19/PB320
D20/PB417
D21/PB516
D22/PB615
D23/PB712
ICO
C20
55
ICO
C21
54
ICO
C22
53
A11 / PG3 6A10 / PG2 11A9 / PG1 13A8 / PG0 14
A7 / PH7 23A6 / PH6 24A5 / PH5 26A4 / PH4 28A3 / PH3 29
A1 / PH1 49
A2 / PH2 47
A0 / PH0 50
A12 / PG4 139
A13 / PG5 137
A14 / PG6 136
A15 / PG7 134
A16
/ PF
013
2A
17 /
PF1
131
A18
/ PF
212
2A
19 /
PF3
121
A20
/ PF
411
9A
21 /
PF5
117
A22
/ PF
611
6
VD
D14
1V
DD
129
VD
D77
VD
D45
VD
D33
VD
D19
VD
D9
VD
D65
VD
DSY
N12
3
VD
DA
115
VD
DH
103
VD
DF
74
PQA0111
PQA1110
PQA3109
PQA4108
PQB0107
PQB1106
D31/PA7144
D8/
PC0
38
D9/
PC1
37
D10
/PC
236
D11
/PC
335
D12
/PC
434
D13
/PC
531
D14
/PC
630
D15
/PC
727
ICO
C12
57IC
OC
1158
ICO
C10
61
ICO
C23
52
INT
482
INT
584
INT
688
INT
789
R/W
/ P
F7
59
TEST 63VSTBY 92
TR
ST14
2
TC
LK
130
DE
143
CL
KO
UT
128
TMS
138
VPP
87
SS94
OE
95
VR
H11
3
VR
L11
2
PQB2105
PQB3104
MMC2107
RESET118
RSTOUT120
TC
0/PE
080
TC
1/PE
178
TC
2/PE
267
CSE
0/PE
362
CSE
1/PE
460
SHS/
PE7
97
TEA
/PE5
102
TA/P
E699
VSS
140
VSS
127
VSS
76V
SS64
VSS
44V
SS32
VSS
18V
SS8
VSS
SYN
126
VSS
A11
4V
SSF
73
CS1/PI1 85
CS2/PI2 83
CS3/PI3 81
CS0/PI0 86
EB0/PI4 101
EB1/PI5 100
EB2/PI6 98
EB3/PI7 96
TD
013
5T
D1
133
D0/
PD0
51
D1/
PD1
48
D2/
PD2
46
D3/
PD3
43
D4/
PD4
42
D5/
PD5
41
D6/
PD6
40
D7/
PD7
39
MMC2107CFCAG33
U8
DesignatorSheet2.sch
DesignatorSheet3.sch
DesignatorSheet4.sch
DesignatorSheet5.sch
DesignatorSheet6.sch
DesignatorSheet7.sch
DesignatorSheet8.sch
DesignatorSheet9.sch
DesignatorSheet10.sch
DesignatorSheet11.sch
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet2.sch Drawn By:
HOLD1
VCC2
DU3
DU4
DU5
DU6
S7
Q8 W 9VSS 10DU 11DU 12DU 13DU 14D 15C 16
M25P32-VMF6G SO16 WIDE
U38
MISO
MOSISCK
W
HOLD0.1uF
C56
VDD
FLA_CS
4MB FLASH CIRCUIT
NF1
NF2
NF3
NC4
NC5
NC6
NC7
SQW8
WDI9
RSTIN110
RSTIN211
PFO12
NC13
VSS14 VBAT 15ECON 16SDO 17SDI 18RST 19EF 2032KHz 21SCL 22PFI 23VSS 24VOUT 25IRQ/FT/OUT 26E 27VCC 28
M41ST95
M41ST95W SO-28
U33
RSTIN1_PULLRST MOSI
MISO
SCK
RTC_PULL
RTC_CS
0.1uF
C49
RTC_IRQ
VDD
REALTIME CLOCK CIRCUIT
VSTBY
0.1uF
C53
VCC3
GND1 RST 2
MAX809STR
U32
VDD
0.1uF
C50
100E
R84RST
RST_PULL
RESET CIRCUIT
VDD1
CE2
SCK3
GND4 MISO 5MOSI 6
VDDA 8
MODE 7
DS1722S SO-8
U34
MOSIMISO
SCKTEMP_CS MODE
0.1uF
C54
0.1uF
C52
VDDVDD
TEMPERATURE CIRCUITVDD
CAN_CSE/P_CS
FLA_CS
TEMP_CS
RTC_IRQ
RSTIN1_PULLRTC_PULLRTC_CS
VDD
VDD
MODESCKMISOMOSI
SPI PULLUPS
1234 5
678
10K
SIP12
1234 5
678
10K
SIP11
1234 5
678
10K
SIP4
LLOP
LCOP
H2AS
HCT
H3AS
HOSE1E_AFC
SVO1
SVO3
SVO2
HOSE2
HOSE3
FAULT CONNECTOR
SVC1
SVC2
SVC3
RPLOW
CHRGFAIL
H1AS
LOWCLNT
CMPAFCP/I_IN1
P/I_IN2
R_GND
RPM
E/P_OUT
SADJ2
SADJ1
I/P'S & O/P'S
RP_ANA
FUELI/P
EOIL_P
ECLNT_TCMPOIL_P
CMPOIL_T
HDT_ANA
EOIL_T
CANH
CANL
IDLERUN_O
EMR_RPM
EMR_GND
VIN
CANH
CANL
120ER95
VIN
RTC PULLUPS
1
13
2
14
3
19
4
20
5
21
10
22
11
23
12
156
24
167
25
178
26
189
MTG1
MTG2
SAMTEC-RSP-122057-03-MALE
J5
1
13
2
14
3
19
4
20
5
21
10
22
11
23
12
156
24
167
25
178
26
189
MTG1
MTG2
SAMTEC-RSP-122057-04-FEMALE
J7
MCOREASU PERIPHERALS & INPUTS
PCBNO:472A
2 11CA
VERSION1.1
RST_PULL
0.1uFC55
SNAP ACTION RST SWITCH
21
43
OMRON-B3S-1002
SW1
MOSIMISOSCK
SPI
MOSIMISOSCK
BIVALVE3
BIVALVE2
BIVALVE1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet3.sch Drawn By:
1
23
45
67
8
10
9
11
1213
1415
16
PCT4116/E
U11
LLOP
LCOP
HCT
VIN
LLOP_O
LCOP_O
HCT_O
1
23
45
67
8
10
9
11
1213
1415
16
PCT4116/E
U43
H3AS
H3AS_O
1
23
45
67
8
10
9
11
1213
1415
16
PCT4116/E
U44
E_AFC_O
HOSE1_O
HOSE2_O
HOSE3_O
OPTOQUAD
OPTOQUAD
OPTOQUAD
1
23
45
67
8
10
9
11
1213
1415
16
PCT4116/E
U39
OPTOQUAD
SV1CLOSE
SV2CLOSE
SV3CLOSE
SV1OPEN
SV2OPEN
SV3OPEN
RPLOW_O
CHRGFAIL_O
1
23
45
67
8
10
9
11
1213
1415
16
PCT4116/E
U7
OPTOQUAD
H1AS_O
LOWCLNT_O
CMPAFC_O
OPTOQUAD
1
23
45
67
8
10
9
11
1213
1415
16
PCT4116/E
U9
H2AS_O
IDLERUN
ACP ACP_O
CS
AST_OAST
CS_O
OPTOQUAD
1
23
45
67
8
10
9
11
1213
1415
16
PCT4116/E
U108K2R19
8K2R18
8K2R17
8K2R16
HOSE1
HOSE2
HOSE3IDLERUN_O
VIN
8K2R103
8K2R102
8K2R101
8K2R100
H2AS
SVO1
SVO3
SVO2
VIN
8K2R99
8K2R98
8K2R97
8K2R96
CHRGFAIL
VIN
8K2R6
8K2R7
8K2R8
E_AFC
H1AS
LOWCLNT
CMPAFC
VIN
8K2R2
8K2R3
8K2R4
8K2R5
8K2R15
8K2R14
8K2R13
VIN
8K2R86
8K2R87
8K2R92
8K2R93
SVC1
SVC2
SVC3
RPLOW
VDD
LLOP_OLCOP_OHCT_O
H2AS_O
ACP_OAST_O
VDD
CS_O
VDD
VDD
SV1CLOSESV2CLOSESV3CLOSERPLOW_O
H1AS_OLOWCLNT_OCMPAFC_O
VDD
H3AS_O
SV1OPENSV2OPENSV3OPEN
HOSE1_OHOSE2_OHOSE3_O
VDD
CHRGFAIL_O
VDD
E_AFC_O
FLT CLR_O
FLT CLR_O
VDD
1KR85FLT_CLR
8K2R12
8K2
R9
FAULTS CIRCUIT
1234 5
678
1K
SIP91234 5
678
10K
SIP8
1234 5
678
10K
SIP191234 5
678
10K
SIP7
1234 5
678
10K
SIP151234 5
678
1K
SIP6
1234 5
678
10K
SIP20
IDLERUN_O
CA3 11
PCBNO:472A
MCOREASU-SENSING INPUTS
VERSION1.1CAN_INTRTC_IRQ
CS_OAST_OACP_O
INT
CS_O
AST_OACP_O
RTC_IRQCAN_INT
BV3_SEN
BV1_SEN
BV1_SENBV2_SEN
BV3_SEN
BV2_SEN
BIVALVE3
BIVALVE2
BIVALVE1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet4.sch Drawn By:
DUAL RELAY
+CTRL1
-CTRL2
+CTRL3
-CTRL4 LD 5LD 6
LD 8
LD 7
PVT322S
U37
RLER_O
RLQX_ORLER
RLQX
+CTRL1
-CTRL2
+CTRL3
-CTRL4 LD 5LD 6
LD 8
LD 7
PVT322S
U35
DUAL RELAY
RLACT3_ORLACT3
+CTRL1
-CTRL2
+CTRL3
-CTRL4 LD 5LD 6
LD 8
LD 7
PVT322S
U5
DUAL RELAY
RLFLTRLFLT_O
RLCOLD_O
RLFLASH_O
RLCOLD
RLFLASH
RLERPUL
RLQXPUL
RLACT3PUL
RLCOLDPUL
RLFLASHPUL
RLFLTPUL
+CTRL1
-CTRL2
+CTRL3
-CTRL4 LD 5LD 6
LD 8
LD 7
PVT322S
U4
DUAL RELAY
RLACT1_O
RLACT2_ORLACT2
RLACT1RLACT1PUL
RLACT2PUL
RLACT1PULRLACT2PUL
RLSTPULRLEFPUL
RLERPULRLQXPUL
RLCF1PULRLCF2PUL
RLACT3PULRLCOLDPUL
RLFLASHPULRLFLTPUL
VDD
VDD
VDD
RELAY PULLUPS RELAY CONNECTOR
VRLY
RLER_O
RLQX_O
RLST_O
RLEF_O
RLCF1_O
RLCF2_O
RLFLT_O
RLFLASH_O
RLACT1_O
RLACT2_O
RLACT3_O
RLCOLD_O
RLCF1RLFLASH
RLERRLQXRLSTRLEF
RELAYS
RLCF2
RLFLT
RLCF2RLCF1
RLFLASHRLFLTRLERRLQXRLSTRLEF
RLACT1RLACT2RLACT3RLCOLD
AUX_RLY
RLACT1RLACT2RLACT3RLCOLD
8K2
R70RLER_O
8K2
R69
8K2
R82
8K2
R81
8K2
R80
8K2
R74
8K2
R79
8K2
R78
8K2
R77
8K2
R76
8K2
R75
8K2
R73
RLST_O
RLEF_O
RLQX_O
RLCF1_O
VRLY VRLY
RLFLT_O
RLFLASH_O
RLACT1_O
RLACT2_O
RLACT3_O
RLCOLD_ORLCF2_O
RLST
RLEF
+CTRL1
-CTRL2
+CTRL3
-CTRL4 LD 5LD 6
LD 8
LD 7
PVT322S
U6
DUAL RELAY
RLST_O
RLEF_O
RLSTPUL
RLEFPUL
+CTRL1
-CTRL2
+CTRL3
-CTRL4 LD 5LD 6
LD 8
LD 7
PVT322S
U36
DUAL RELAY
RLCF1
RLCF2
RLCF1_O
RLCF2_O
RLCF1PUL
RLCF2PUL
RELAY CIRCUITS
RERYELLOW
RLQYELLOW
LSTYELLOW
REFYELLOW
CF1YELLOW
CF2YELLOW
FLHYELLOW
FLTYELLOW
AT1YELLOW
AT2YELLOW
AT3YELLOW
CLDYELLOW
1
9
2
10
3
11
4
12
5
13
6
14
7
15
8
MTG1
MTG2
SAMTEC-RSP-122057-02-FEMALE
J3
1234 5
678
1K
SIP1
1234 5
678
1K
SIP3
1234 5
678
1K
SIP2
MCOREASU-RELAY OUTPUTS
PCBNO:472A
CA4 11
VERSION1.1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet5.sch Drawn By:
INH
IB1
Vin
2
Vin
3
Vin
4
GN
D5
GN
D6
GN
D7
GN
D8
Vou
t9
Vou
t10
Vou
t11
VO
adj
12
PT6303N VERTICAL
U2
1K/2WR1
0.1µFC47
1K
R68
+
470µF/16V RADIALC6
+3.3V POWERSUPPLY
VDD
VC
+
2200uF/50V RADIALC3 10K
R83
VIN
1A -3.3V 3PIN VERTICAL
+
100uFC5
1K
R72
+100uFC4
0.1uFC48
TP
-3.3
TP5
+5V
-3.3V POWERSUPPLY
TP
VIN
TP6
I/P POWER CONNECTOR
ACPAST
CS
FLT_CLR
VC
+
1uF
C12
+
1uF
C16
+
1uF
C14
+
1uF
C7
+
1uF
C11
+
1uF
C8
+
1uF
C15
+
1uF
C10
+
1uF
C9
+
1uF
C21 +
1uF
C22 +
1uF
C23
+
1uF
C17
VDD VDD
+
1uF
C18
VDD
0.1uF
C64
0.1uF
C650.1uF
C57
0.1uF
C62
0.1uF
C61
0.1uF
C600.1uF
C59
0.1uF
C58
0.1uF
C69
0.1uF
C66
VDD VDD
0.1uF
C67
0.1uF
C68
0.1uF
C71
0.1uF
C70
VDD
+5V
+
1uF
C13
0.1uF
C63
CONTROLLER CAPACITORS
1A 5V 3 PIN VERTICAL
+
100uFC1
2K
R67
+
100uFC2
0.1uFC46
+5V TP
+5V
TP3
VIN
5V POWERSUPPLY
Vin1
GN
D2
Vout 3
PT5021N
U3
-3.3V
Vin1
GN
D2
Vout 3
PT5101N
U1
VIN VRLY
TP
VC
TP1
10K
R71
TP
VRL
TP4
TP +3.3
TP2
D-PACK
D-PACK
VIN
RED
VRL
YELLOW
+3.3RED
+5VRED -3.3
RED
12
3MURD320
D2
12
3MURD320
D3
TVS1
123456
WAGO-231-136
J1
VERSION1.1
CA5 11
MCOREASU-POWERSUPPLY
PCBNO:472A
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet6.sch Drawn By:
ONCE-DE_B
ONCE-TD1
ONCE-TRST_B
ONCE-TD0
ONCE-TMS
1 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 14
7X2 BERGSTIC
J6
ONCE-TCLK
RST
PROGRAMMING CONNECTORENHANCEMENT CONNECTOR
CONFIGURATION
VDD
VDD
RST_PULLONCE-TCLK
TEST
CLK_O
VDD
ONCE-TCLK
ONCE-TD0
ONCE-TMSONCE-TD1
ONCE-TRST_BONCE-DE_B
VDD
VDD
CAN_INT
PROGRAMMING
KEY PULLUPS
KEYS
KEYBOARD & LCD CONNECTOR
1 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 1415 1617 1819 2021 2223 2425 26
FTSH-113-01-L-DV-EJ-K
J2
KEY7KEY5KEY1
+5V
LCDD4
LCDD6LCDD5
LCDD7 LCD_RSLCD_EN2LCD_EN1
LCDD4LCDD5LCDD6LCD_RSLCD_EN2
LCDD7LCD_EN1
KEY0 KEY1
KEY2KEY3
KEY4 KEY5KEY6 KEY7KB_LED
VDD
KEY0KEY4KEY6
KB_LEDKEY2KEY3
KEY0KEY1KEY2KEY3
KEY4KEY5KEY6KEY7
ICOC20ICOC21 ICOC22ICOC11
INT5 INT6INT7
EN_ICOC
INT5INT7
INT6VDD
DAC1_CSDAC2_CS
VDD
WHOLD
LLOP_OHCT_O
H3AS_O
H1AS_OCHRGFAIL_OLOWCLNT_O
LCOP_O
FAULTS1
H2AS_O
LLOP_OHCT_OLCOP_OH3AS_OH2AS_OH1AS_O
CHRGFAIL_OLOWCLNT_O
LLOP_OLCOP_OH3AS_OH1AS_O
LCD
LCD_RSLCD_EN1LCD_EN2
LCDD4LCDD5LCDD6LCDD7
KB_LED KB_LEDLCD_EN2LCD_EN1LCD_RSLCDD4LCDD5LCDD6LCDD7
KEY0
KEY4KEY5KEY6KEY7
KEYS
KEY3
KEY1KEY2
KEY0KEY1KEY2KEY3KEY4KEY5KEY6KEY7
LCDBACKLIT
PQB1
VDD VDD
RPMS
PQB2 PQB3
ONCE-DE_BONCE-TRST_BONCE-TMSONCE-TD0ONCE-TD1ONCE-TCLK
ONCE-PORTONCE-TCLKONCE-TD1ONCE-TD0ONCE-TMS
ONCE-TRST_BONCE-DE_B
CS
FLA_CSTEMP_CSRTC_CSCAN_CSDAC1_CSDAC2_CS
FLA_CSTEMP_CSRTC_CSCAN_CSDAC1_CSDAC2_CS
LLOP_OHCT_O
H3AS_O
H1AS_OCHRGFAIL_OLOWCLNT_O
LCOP_O
FAULTS1
H2AS_O
LLOP_OHCT_OLCOP_OH3AS_OH2AS_OH1AS_O
CHRGFAIL_OLOWCLNT_O
CMPAFC_OE_AFC_OSV1CLOSESV2CLOSESV3CLOSEHOSE1_OHOSE2_OHOSE3_O
FAULTS2
CF1SW_OCOLDPUSH_O
COLDST_O
IDLERUNRPLOW_OSV1OPENSV2OPENSV3OPEN
FAULTS3
BV1_SENBV2_SEN
IDLERUNBV3_SEN
RPLOW_OSV1OPENSV2OPENSV3OPEN
CMPAFC_OE_AFC_OSV1CLOSESV2CLOSESV3CLOSEHOSE1_OHOSE2_OHOSE3_O
1234 5
678
10K
SIP16
1234 5
678
10K
SIP14
1234 5
678
10K
SIP18
1234 5
678
10K
SIP17
1234 5
678
10K
SIP5
1234 5
678
10K
SIP10
1234 5
678
10K
SIP13
1 23 45 67 89 1011 1213 1415 16
NU
J4
VERSION1.1
MCOREASU-CONNECTORS & PULLUPS
PCBNO:472A
6 11CA
EN_INT
INT5INT6INT7
INT5INT6INT7
BV2_SENBV3_SEN
BV1_SEN
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet7.sch Drawn By:
CLK1
DIN2
CS/LD3
DOUT4 GND 5REF 6
VCC 8
VOUT 7
LTC1453 SO-8
U15
MOSIE/P_CS
10KP16
SCK
0.1uF
C87
VDD
VDD
NUR31
NUC31
D/A CIRCUIT
10KR32
10KR121
0.1uF
C83+5V
NU
R119 NU
R120
E/P_OUT
+
4.7/
25V
TA
NTA
LUM
TH
RU
HO
LE
C32
TP
E/P
TP11
CLK1
DIN2
CS/LD3
DOUT4 GND 5REF 6
VCC 8
VOUT 7
LTC1453 SO-8
U17
MOSIDAC1_CS
SCK
0.1uF
C88
VDD
DAC1 CIRCUIT
10KR41
10KR42
SADJ1
+
4.7/
25V
TA
NTA
LUM
TH
RU
HO
LEC33
CLK1
DIN2
CS/LD3
DOUT4 GND 5REF 6
VCC 8
VOUT 7
LTC1453 SO-8
U31
MOSIDAC2_CS
SCK
0.1uF
C120
VDD
DAC2 CIRCUIT
10K
R152
10KR44
SADJ2
+
4.7/
25V
TA
NTA
LUM
TH
RU
HO
LEC41
10KR35
NUC82
8K2
R134
R_GND
RPM
RPMS
1
2
3
4
8VCC
7
6
5
VO1
VO2
GNDHCPL-073A SO-8
U18 0.1uF
C89
VDD
10KR34
NUC79
8K2
R127EMR_RPM
EMR_GND
EMRRPM_O
RPMS
EMRRPM_O
NUC35
NUC90
2
3
114
1
TLC2274ID
U16A
5
67
TLC2274ID
U16B
10
98
TLC2274ID
U16C
1214
13
TLC2274ID
U16D
10KP17 5K1
R43
NUC91
5
67
TLC2272ID
U30B
REFRENCE
3
21
84
TLC2272ID
U30A
0.1uF
C119+5V
REFRENCE
REFRENCE
0.1uFC108
0.1uFC36
TP SAJ
TP10
10KP15 5K1
R40
10KP18 5K1
R172
13
2
NUD6
13
2
DIO914D1
12
3
NU ZD1
10KR175
VDD
NUR176
NUR177
NUR178
VERSION1.1
MCOREASU-RPM & DAC CKT
PCBNO:472A
7 11CA
RPM CIRCUIT
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet8.sch Drawn By:
150E
R116
2
31
114
TLC2274ID
U14A10KR114
10KR113
P/I_IN1
10K
R115
0.1uF
C85
0.1uF
C81
-3.3V
VDD
5
67
TLC2274ID
U14B10KR112
10KR26
10K
R128 10KP2
AIN1
150E
R39
10
98
TLC2274ID
U14C10KR141
10KR138P/I_IN2
10K
R140
12
1314
TLC2274ID
U14D10KR124
10KR139
10K
R131 10KP1
AIN2
P TO I I/P
10K
R125
NU
R2810KP3
10KR27
10KR132
VDD -3.3V
10K
R126
NU
R2910KP4
10KR30
10KR133
VDD -3.3V
12K
R25
0.01uFC30
12K
R123
0.01uFC86
+
1uF
C34
+ 1uFC28
150E
R111
2
31
114
TLC2274ID
U13A10KR24
10KR110
10K
R23
0.1uF
C84
0.1uF
C80
-3.3V
VDD
5
67
TLC2274ID
U13B10KR109
10KR108
10K
R135 10KP5
RP_ANA_O
REGULATION PRESSURE I/P
10K
R37
NU
R13710KP6
10KR36
10KR136
0ER38
VDD -3.3V
12K
R107
0.01uFC29
+
1uF
C27
RP_ANA
TP
P/I
TP9
P TO I I/P
0ER117
0ER118
200KR33
10KR122
10KR130
BAT_I/P810
9
TLC2274ID
U13C
12K
R22
0.01uFC78
BATTERY SENSING CIRCUITVC
10K
R21
10KR129
VERSION1.1
MCOREASU-P TO I CKT
PCBNO:472A
CA8 11
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet9.sch Drawn By:
RG1
3
-VS4 REF 5
OUT 6
+VS 7
RG 8
2
AD620AR
U29470K
R62
NU
R168
560ER61
+5V
-3.3V
0.1uF
C93
VDD
EOIL_P
CMPOIL_T_O
EOIL_T_O
ECLNT_T_O
CMPOIL_P_O
0.1uF
C106
RG1
3
-VS4 REF 5
OUT 6
+VS 7
RG 8
2
NU
U281.8K
R60
NU
R166
3.3KR59
+5V
-3.3V
0.1uF
C115
VDD
0.1uF
C105
RG1
3
-VS4 REF 5
OUT 6
+VS 7
RG 8
2
AD620AR
U27130K
R58
NU
R164
3.3KR57
+5V
-3.3V
0.1uF
C114
VDD
0.1uF
C104
EOIL_T
ECLNT_T
CMPOIL_T
CMPOIL_P
2
3
114
1
TLC2274IDU20A10KR169
10KR149 NU
R170
0.01uFC38
EOIL_P_O
0.1uF
C116
VDD
10KP14
5
67
TLC2274IDU20B
10KR167
10KR147 NU
R161
0.01uFC37
10KP12
10
98
TLC2274IDU20C
10KR165
10KR14612K
R173
0.01uFC45
10KP11
RG1
3
-VS4 REF 5
OUT 6
+VS 7
RG 8
2
AD620AR
U26470K
R56
NU
R162
560ER55
+5V
-3.3V
0.1uF
C113
VDD
0.1uF
C103
1214
13
TLC2274IDU20D
10KR163
10KR14812K
R174
0.01uFC42
10KP13
RG1
3
-VS4 REF 5
OUT 6
+VS 7
RG 8
2
AD620AR
U25130K
R53
NU
R159
3.3KR52
+5V
-3.3V
0.1uF
C112
VDD
0.1uF
C101 2
3
114
1
TLC2274IDU19A10KR160
10KR145 12K
R54
0.01uFC95
0.1uF
C92
VDD
10KP10
-3.3V
-3.3V
ANALOG CIRCUITS
VERSION1.1
MCOREASU-INSTRUMENTATION AMP(ENGINE INPUTS)
PCBNO:472A
9 11CA
AD620AR
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet10.sch Drawn By:
RG1
3
-VS4 REF 5
OUT 6
+VS 7
RG 8
2
AD620AR
U2427K
R51
1.8K
R157
1.5KR50
+5V
-3.3V
0.1uF
C111
VDD
0.1uF
C100
5
67
TLC2274ID
U19B10KR158
10KR14412K
R64
0.01uFC102
10KP9
RG1
3
-VS4 REF 5
OUT 6
+VS 7
RG 8
2
AD620AR
U2347K
R49
100K
R155
10KR48
+5V
-3.3V
0.1uF
C110
VDD
0.1uF
C99
10
98
TLC2274ID
U19C10KR156
10KR14312K
R45
0.01uFC94
10KP8
RG1
3
-VS4 REF 5
OUT 6
+VS 7
RG 8
2
NU
U22470K
R47
NU
R153
560ER46
+5V
-3.3V
0.1uF
C109
VDD
0.1uF
C98
1214
13
TLC2274IDU19D
10KR154
10KR142 NU
R63
0.01uFC97
10KP7
HDT_ANA_O
FUELI/P_O
RP_ANA_O
RP_ANA
HDT_ANA
FUELI/P
ANALOG CIRCUITS
Y01
Y22 Y 3
Y34
Y15
INH
6
VEE
7
GN
D8
B9 A10
X311
X012
X 13X114
X215 VC
C16
CD74HC4052M
U450.1uF
C74
VDD
HDT_ANA_OFUELI/P_O
EOIL_P_O
CMPOIL_T_O
EOIL_T_OECLNT_T_OCMPOIL_P_O
RP_ANA_O
MUX/DMUX CIRCUITS
ADD0ADD1
CHANNEL1
CHANNEL2
MCOREASU- INSTRUMENTATION AMP
PCBNO:472A
CA10 11
VERSION1.1
AD620AR
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
D D
C C
B B
A A
Title
Number RevisionSize
A4
Date: 20-Aug-07 Sheet of File: E:\Documents and Settings\..\Sheet11.sch Drawn By:
1
MH1
1
MH3
1
MH7
1
MH6
1
MH2
1
MH5
1
MH4
9WAY FOR 485 COMMUNICATION
RX1
RE2
DE3
TX4 GND 5A 6
VDD 8
B 7
NU
U21
485 COMMUNICATION
VDD
2N2222AQ1
10KR171
0.1uFC26
470ER151
NUC77
VDD
0.1uF
C73
0.1uF
C72
0.1uFC118
0.1uF
C1170.1uF
C107
BA
B
A
M_RX2M_TX2
CANRX_ISO
B
VDD
A
10KR150
10KR65
360ER106
VDD
VDD
120ER66
360ER20
A
B
CANTX_ISO
360ER105
360ER104
162738495
MTG1
MTG2
J9
CANTX_ISO
NC1
2
3
NC4 GND 5
VO 6
VE 7
VCC 8
HCPL-0600 SO-8
U42
CAN_TX
VDD
VDD
CAN_RX
NC1
2
3
NC4 GND 5
VO 6
VE 7
VCC 8
HCPL-0600 SO-8
U41
CANRX_ISO
TXCAN1
RXCAN2
CLKOUT3
TX0RTS4
TX1RTS5
TX2RTS6
XTAL7
EXTAL8
GND9 RX1BF 10RX0BF 11INT 12SCK 13SI 14SO 15CS 16RST 17VDD 18
MCP2510-I/SO SO-18
U12
1KR11
CAN COMMUNICATION
8MHzXTAL2
CAN TRANSCEIVER
33PF
C2533PF
C24
CANLCANH
CAN_RX
0.1uF
C75VDD
0.1uF
C76
VDD
CAN_TX
CAN CONTROLLER
RX0BF
TX0RTS
RX1BF
TX1RTS
RST
TX2RTSCAN_INT
MOSI
CAN_CSMISO
SCKTXD1
VSS
2V
DD
3
RXD4
NC 5
CANL 6CANH 7
NC 8
SN65HVD232D SO-8
U40CANRX_ISO
CANTX_ISO
R1 IN13
R2 IN8
T1 IN11
T2 IN10
GN
D15
V+
2
V-
6
VC
C16
R1 OUT 12
R2 OUT 9
T1 OUT 14
T2 OUT 7
C1+1
C1 -3 C2+ 4
C2 - 5
MAX3232IDR SO-16
U46
0.1uF
C96
VDD
+
1uF
C43
+
1uFC39
+
1uF
C40
+
1uFC44
M_TXD1
M_RXD1
9WAY FOR SYSTEM INTERFACE232 COMMUNICATION
162738495
MTG1
MTG2
DB9/D-SUB9 FEMALE
J8
M_TX1
M_RXD1 M_RX1
M_TXD1
VDD
VDD
VERSION1.1
MCOREASU-COMMUNICATION
PCBNO:472A
11 11CA
SN65HVD08D SO-8
DB9/D-SUB9 FEMALE
CAN
TX0RTSTX1RTSTX2RTSRX0BFRX1BF
TX0RTSTX1RTSTX2RTSRX0BFRX1BF
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 55
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
17. ASU Remote Monitoring System Mak ASU Remote Monitoring system is Modular Hardware integrated with ASU control panel to
monitor ASU operation /control & whereabouts from remote place through Web Enabled application.
It is an integration of GPS and GSM/GPRS based Communication module.
Features
- Event Based fault reporting via designated Email and Website
- Maintenance Due Notification via designated Email and Website
- On demand current status Request via SMS
- Start /Stop disable control from remote place via SMS
- Programmable broadcast data interval via SMS
- Communication ON/OFF via SMS
- Execute commands from both Web site and Mobile
- Accurate Whereabouts
- GPRS based data communication Benefits
- Fault Monitoring/diagnosis from remote place
- Helps to carry out maintenance at right time to enhance performance
- Protects unauthorized use
- Gives control over ASU
- Web enabled application gives control over ASU around the globe. For more details please refer “ASU REMOTE MONITORING USER MANUAL”.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER I / II PAGE 56
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Maintenance Warning Message Reset Procedure :
If the Programmed Days or Hours reached 50 Hours or 10 Days, Warning message will be displayed at start up The Following Due message will be displayed, if Fuel Filter has to be replaced with in specified Hours or in Days. The screen displays each message 10 secs when more than one filter attains due. If the programmed Hours or Days reaches zero the Past Due message will be displayed as below. Press FAULT CLEAR key while warning displayed to skip the warning and Crank the ASU for operation. Press FAULT CLEAR key continuously for 3 Sec’s after replacing the filters to reload the maintenance schedule for the corresponding filter warnings.
Warning! ReplaceFuel Filter
Due in 049Hrs OR 028 Days
Warning! Replace Fuel Filter
Past Due 49Hrs/ 28 Days
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / I
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
MAINTENANCE
CHAPTER II
SECTION I
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / I PAGE 1
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
CHAPTER - II SECTION - I
MAINTENANCE 1) ENGINE MAINTENANCE
This chapter consists of regular maintenance of the Engine for which the schedules and procedures are
laid down by the Vendors / OEM’s. For easy understanding, the original manual of the Engine is
attached to this manual for reference.
Selective maintenance at the intervals indicated below will ensure faultless operation and a long
service life. Skilled and trained personnel conversant with all applicable safety requirements shall
carry out the maintenance work.
WARNING
SHUT DOWN THE EQUIPMENT FOR ANY MAINTENANCE WORK
Note: Kindly Refer Application and Installation Manual of DEUTZ 6M1015C Model Engine Manual for details.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / I PAGE 2
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
A) Engine Maintenance Guidelines Refer Engine Manual
i) General Information Refer Engine Manual
ii) Tools Requirement Refer Engine Manual
iii) Maintenance Schedule Refer Engine Manual
iv) Maintenance Instructions Refer Engine Manual
v) Maintenance Record Form Refer Engine Manual
B) Engine Maintenance Procedures Refer Engine Manual
i) At Daily Intervals Refer Engine Manual
ii) At Weekly Intervals Refer Engine Manual
iii) At 250 Hours or 6 Months Refer Engine Manual
iv) Every 1500 Hours or 1 year Refer Engine Manual
v) Every 6000 Hours or 2 years Refer Engine Manual
C) Adjustment, Repair and Replacement Refer Engine Manual
i) Starting Motors Refer Engine Manual
ii) Battery Cables & Connections Refer Engine Manual
iii) Belt, Cooling, Fan Drive Refer Engine Manual
iv) Water pump Drive Belt Refer Engine Manual
iv) Alternator Drive Belt Refer Engine Manual
iv) Turbocharger Refer Engine Manual iv) Engine storage – Long term Refer Engine Manual
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / I PAGE 3
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
2. COMPRESSOR MAINTENANCE Selective maintenance at the intervals indicated below will ensure faultless operation and a long service life. Skilled and trained personnel conversant with all applicable safety requirements shall carry out all maintenance work.
WARNING
SHUT DOWN THE EQUIPMENT FOR ANY MAINTENANCE WORK A) Compressor Maintenance i) At Daily Intervals - Check
Compressor lube oil Level Compressor lube oil Pressure Compressor lube oil Temperature Compressor Discharge air Pressure Compressor Discharge air Temperature Soiling of Air filter assembly / oil coolers Any leaks
ii) At Weekly Intervals - Check
Compressor lube oil Level Compressor Air filter clogging status Compressor lube oil pipe lines tightness
iii) At Every 6 months Intervals
Analysis of Compressor lube Oil Replacement of Compressor Air filter assembly
iv) At Every 12 months Intervals
Replacement of Compressor lube Oil Replacement of Compressor lube Oil filter Replacement of Compressor Air filter assembly
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / I PAGE 4
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
B) Oil Cooler Maintenance
In Normal operation, the cooler is maintenance free.
In dusty environments, dirt may accumulate on the air fins. This can be removed by lightly brushing
the surface, or with compressed air blow off. The cooler cannot be cleaned internally.
Note: Oil recommendation Recommended lubricants with ingredients prevent oxidation, corrosion and foaming
GHH RAND recommends ULTRA LUBE synthetic lubricant.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
CHAPTER II
SECTION II
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 1
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
TROUBLE SHOOTING
1. Trouble Shooting Procedures & Techniques
It is strongly recommended to go thoroughly all the chapters and sections of Operation & maintenance
of Engine, & Illustrated Parts catalogue manuals before attending to trouble shoot and rectify any
problems.
This chapter describes some typical operating problems, their causes, and some acceptable corrections.
Unless noted otherwise, the problems listed are those which an operator can diagnosis and repair. It is
assumed that the trouble shooting person is a qualified Engineer.
CAUTION
Performing trouble-shooting procedures not outlined in this section can result in equipment
damage or personal injury. Consult MAK Authorized Repair location for diagnosis and repair
beyond that which is outlined and for symptoms not listed in this section.
Before beginning any troubleshooting, please refer to General Safety Instructions provided in
this manual.
Follow the suggestions given below for troubleshooting:
1. Study the complaint thoroughly before acting
2. Refer to the System diagrams
3. Find and correct the cause of the complaint
4. Do the easiest and most logical things first
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 2
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
2. ENGINE TROUBLE SHOOTING SYMPTOMS
This chapter describes some typical engine operating problems, their causes, and some acceptable
corrections to those problems. Refer to the Charts to aid in diagnosing specific engine symptoms
provided in the original Engine Manual.
CAUTION
Performing trouble-shooting procedures not outlined in this section can result in equipment
damage or personal injury. Consult MAK Authorized Repair location for diagnosis and repair
beyond that which is outlined and for symptoms not listed in this section.
Before beginning any troubleshooting, please refer to General Safety Instructions provided in
this manual.
Engine Troubleshooting Symptoms Refer Engine Manual
i) Trouble shooting symptoms Sec - TS Refer Engine Manual
3. COMPRESSOR TROUBLE SHOOTING SYMPTOMS
This chapter describes some typical compressor operating problems, their causes, and some acceptable
corrections to those problems. Refer to the Charts.
CAUTION Performing trouble-shooting procedures not outlined in this section can result in equipment
damage or personal injury. Consult MAK Authorized Repair location for diagnosis and repair
beyond that which is outlined and for symptoms not listed in this section. Before beginning any troubleshooting, please refer to General Safety Instructions provided in this manual.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 3
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4. ASU Trouble Shooting Procedures & Techniques
This chapter describes some typical electrical and mechanical operating problems, their causes, and
some acceptable corrections to those problems. Refer to the Charts to aid in diagnosing specific
engine symptoms provided in Manual.
4.1.Engine cannot be Cranked:
CAUSE CORRECTIONS Output butterfly valve may be in open position. Check and Close the valve and try Hose selection switch may be in Open position. Close all the hose selection switches and try Hose selection ball valves may be in Open position
Check and close all the hose selection ball valves and then try
Pressure mode selection switch is in AST or ACP mode.
Bring back the switch to No load position – Idle mode and then try.
Battery Voltage may be low. If charge is less than 18V recharge or Replace the Battery.
Control Panel Fuse (F3) may be Blown. Rating - 15 A
Check F3 (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram) and if it is popped out reset the same by pressing it inside and check the display.
EMR power supply fuse (F1) may be blown out. Rating - 5 A.
Check F1 (refer EMR wiring diagram) and if it is popped out reset the same by pressing it inside and try.
Relays RLST, RLEF & RLS may be loose / faulty.
Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram) and if damaged replace with exact rating.
Starter motor wire connector may be loose. Check and Tighten the same.
Battery negative (main ground) connection may be loose.
Check and Tighten the same.
Starter motor may be faulty. Check and replace it.
Faults other than E.LLOP & COMP. LCOP may be present.
Check and clear the faults.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 4
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4.2. Engine cranks but stops when start key is released
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Air lock in the fuel line. Check for any loose connections in the engine
suction line and tighten it. If hose found
damaged Replace them. Use priming feed
pump.
4.3. No Display in Control panel Annunciation display
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Control Panel Fuse (F3) may be Blown. Rating
- 15 A
Check F3 (refer control 1 panel wiring
diagram) and if it is popped out reset the same
by pressing it inside and check the display.
10 PIN Allied connectors used in the ASU
control panel may be loose/removed.
Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
Tighten the same.
6 way wago connector J1 may loose/Removed Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
Tighten the same.
26 way LCD interface connector J1 from the
CPU card to LCD card may be
loose/removed/damaged
Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
Properly fix the same. If the cable found
damaged replace the same with exact one.
LCD connector in the display card may be
loose.
Check, Tighten the same.
Contrast volt is not adequate Adjust the trim pot in the LCD / PCB No.475
in the clockwise few turns and check.
4.4. Compressor Oil Foaming
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Incorrect oil brand; Mixture of different
brands, water present in oil.
Drain and fill with new oil according to oil
specifications.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 5
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4.5.No RPM Display in LCD
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Can interface connector may be loose/left
open.
Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
Fix the same. If found open connect it and
check.
4.6.Fault remains in LCD always
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Fault sensor wires may be grounded. Check (refer control panel 1 & 2 wiring
diagram) connections and rectify.
Fault may exist. Carefully Check and rectify (by referring
Trouble shooting symptoms of Engine,
Compressor).
Key board 10 way FRC connector may be
loose/removed
Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
for proper tightness & Switch may be faulty.
4.7.Speed does not Pick up in AST / ACP mode
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
RPM speed control connection in PCB may be
loose.
Check (refer control 1 panel wiring diagram)
and tighten the same.
Control circuiting in the PCB may be faulty. Check the PCB and replace it.
Variable speed input to the EMR wire may be
loose in the EMR 25 pin connector
Check, if found loose tighten the same
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 6
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4.8.Pressure shows “00” or “Prsr.Signal Lost”
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
P- I transducer wire may be loose. Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
and tighten the same.
P-I transducer may be defective. Replace with a new one of exact rating.
Control piping may be open. Check and refit the same.
4.9.Output Pressure not maintained in ACP / AST mode
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Leakage in sensing line, Control lines. Check for any loose connections / leakage in
the output sensing line and tighten it. If the
gasket found defective remove and replace it.
Transducers P – I & E – P may be defective. Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram) if
damaged replace with exact rating.
Speed Control input circuit may be defective Check and replace the CPU card.
Pressure control circuit may be defective Check and replace the CPU card.
Relief valve may be open Check and correct it.
Regulating pressure may be low Check the tank pressure level. If it is less than 4
bar, Change to IDLE mode and run the Engine
for 3 minutes and observe the pressure building
up. If not check for any leakage in the
pipelines.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 7
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
Mode selection switch may be faulty Check for the functionality of the switch by
looking for the mode selection display in the
LCD / Air on indication lamp. If the switch
found faulty replace the same with exact rating
4.10.Battery not getting charged
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Loose connection in the charging alternator Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
and tighten the same.
Charging Alternator may be faulty. Check the Alternator and replace it.
Charging minimum load may be left open /
short circuit
Check and fix a minimum load to the D+
supply of the charging alternator
4.11.Safety Valve(s) Open
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Dis charge pressure excessive Check, for defective P – I & E – P transducer
(refer control panel 1 wiring diagram) if
damaged replace.
Safety valve(s) settings may be incorrect. Check the valve(s) and recalibrate it.
Quick Exhaust solenoid may be faulty Check (refer control panel 2 wiring diagram) if
found defective replace it with exact rating
4.12.AIR ON Indication Lamp not glowing
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
AST / ACP mode selection switch contact may
be defective
Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
Replace if defective.
Lamp may have blown. Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram),
Replace if defective.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 8
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4.13.Display remains in IDLE mode even after selecting AST mode
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Mode selection switch may be faulty Check for the functionality of the switch by
looking for the mode selection display in the
LCD / Air on indication lamp. If the switch
found faulty replace the same with exact rating
4.14.Oil Coolers fans are not running
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Fan relay may be faulty. Check (refer control panel 2 wiring diagram) if
damaged replace with exact rating.
Wires may be loose Check ((refer control panel 2 wiring diagram)
Tighten the same.
Oil cooler Fan DC motor may be defective Check (refer control panel 2 wiring diagram) if
defective replace with exact ratings
4.15.Unit trips with High Compressor Oil Temperature
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Oil cooler fans not working. Refer to Fault # 14
Oil level in the tank might be low. Fill the tank with required quantity of oil.
Oil cooler fins might have choked. Clean with forced Air.
HCOT switch (Sensor) may be faulty. Check, if damaged replace with exact rating.
Loose connections in wiring. Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
and tighten the same.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 9
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4.16.Unit trips with Compressor Low Lube Oil Pressure
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
LCOP switch may be faulty. Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram) if
damaged replace with exact rating.
Loose connections in wiring. Check (refer control 1 panel wiring diagram)
and tighten the same.
Oil level in the tank might be low. Fill the tank with required quantity of oil.
Pressure setting of the relief valve (Non Return
Valve) must be disturbed.
Check up and correct the pressure setting if
needed.
Leakage in pipeline joints. Check and tighten the same.
Suction filter may be clogged. Clean and refit the same.
4.17.Unit trips with Engine High Coolant Temperature
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Engine coolant temperature sensor may be
faulty.
Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram) if
damaged replace with exact rating.
Loose connections in wiring. Check (refer control panel 1 wiring diagram)
and tighten the same.
Coolant level in the radiator might be low. Fill with required quantity of coolant.
Any leakage of coolant from the radiator Check and rectify the defect
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER II / II PAGE 10
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
4.18.Unit trips with Engine Low Lube Oil Pressure
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Oil level in the oil tank might be low. Fill the oil tank with required quantity of oil.
Leakage in pipeline joints. Check and tighten the same.
Suction filter may be clogged. Clean and refit the same.
4.19. Hose cannot be selected
CAUSE CORRECTIONS
Hose adaptor sensor may be faulty Check and replace it.
Loose connections in Hose adaptor sensor Check and tighten the same
Loose connections in wiring. Check (refer control 1 panel wiring diagram)
and tighten the same.
Hose selection switch may be faulty Check and replace it.
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER III
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
OVERHAUL AND MAJOR REPAIR
CHAPTER III
To perform Overhaul and Major Repair Consult MAK Authorized Repair location for diagnosis and repair.
AIR + MAK INDUSTRIES INC.
11154,WILDWOOD DRIVE, OLIVE BRANCH, MS 38654
PHONE: (662) 893 3444
FAX: (662) 893 3476
E-MAIL: [email protected]
WEBSITE: www.airmak.com
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER IV
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOGUE
CHAPTER IV
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER V
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
CHAPTER V
RECOMMENDED SPARES
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER V
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
RECOMMENDED SPARES:
A. 4 CHANGE OVER RELAY (FINDER RELAY) - 1 No
B. 4 CHANGE OVER RELAY BASE (FINDER RELAY) - 1 No
C. TIMER RELAY (4 CHANGE OVER) - 1 No
D. RELAY SNUBBER - 2 Nos
E. SYSTEM OK LAMP (GREEN COLOUR) - 1 No
F. ENGINE STOP LAMP (RED COLOUR) - 1 No
G. SINGLE CHANGE OVER RELAY (O/E/N RELAY) - 1 No
H. CONTROL FUSE
(15AMPS RESETTABLE FUSE) - 1 No
I. EMR FUSE
(5AMPS RESETTABLE FUSE) - 1 No
J. ENGINE AIR FILTER ELEMENT - 1 No
K. ENGINE OIL FILTER - 1 No
L. ENGINE FUEL FILTER - 1 No
M. ENGINE CHARGING ALTERNATOR FAN BELT - 1 No
N. ENGINE FUEL WATER SEPARATOR ELEMENT - 1 No
O. COMPRESSOR OIL FILTER - 1 No
P. COMPRESSOR AIR FILTER - 1 No
Q. CONTROL AIR FILTER ELEMENTS - 1 SET
R. QUICK EXHAUST SOLENOID - 1 No
S. OUTPUT BALL VALVE - 1 No
T. FUEL HOSE - 1 SET
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER VI
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
CHAPTER VI
MANUFACTURER APPENDIX
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER VI
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
1. COMPRESSOR MANUAL
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER VI PAGE 1
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
SCREW COMPRESSOR
Principle of Operation
Screw-type compressors operate on the positive displacement principle in the same way as
reciprocating compressors. Unlike the latter, they do not need any inlet or outlet valves (wearing
components) that provide a virtually continuous medium flow. Further, they do not have any parts or
masses, which would be in alternating motion (low-vibration running), and there is no contact inside
the compression chamber (and consequently no wear).
Inside the screw compressor casing there are two rotors, which rotate in opposite directions. The rotors
have specially shaped profile lobes, which are helically listed in axial direction, comparable to a
helically toothed pair of gear wheels. The number of lobes in a single-stage CD screw compressor is 3
for the male rotor (MR) and 4 for the female rotor (FR), with an asymmetric profile.
The profile is of such a configuration that a small, precisely defined gap (clearance) is maintained over
the full meshing line between the male and female rotor lobes even in heated condition inside the
permissible limits of application. A pair of timing gears arranged outside the compression chamber
excludes any contact between the rotors.
The radial and axial clearances between the rotors and the casing are also very low. Therefore, for
increased safety, small projections have been provided on the profile o.d. and on the discharge-side
face ends of the rotors to ensure perfect running. Should there be any fouling, these projections will
during continued operation.
The operating principle of a screw compressor is illustrated in Figs.1 and 2 for a particular interlobal
space (flute) between the male and female rotors. The view in Fig.1 is towards the compressor suction
side and shows the intake or suction progress. The radial and axial intake opening has been specially
marked, being connected to the suction nozzle by an appropriate configuration of the casing.
As the rotors are rotating, the volume of the interlobal space is continuously increased from 0 (not
shown) via the intermediate positions in Fig. 1a, 1b and 1c to its maximum value (Fig. 1d). This
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER VI PAGE 2
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
increase in volume causes air to be sucked in until the “trailing” male and female rotor lobes at the end
of the flute pass over the inlet control ledges limiting the intake opening. When this happens, there is
no longer any connection between the flute and the intake opening, and the suction process is thus
completed (Fig.1 a-d).
Fig.1: Intake process (facing the suction side)
a) - c) Interlobal space (flute) being increased
d) Completion of suction process/start of compression phase.
1. Male rotor
2. Female rotor
3. Intake opening
4. Inlet control ledges
5. Outlet opening (concealed)
As rotation of the rotors is continued, the volume of our flute is reduced again, as has been shown in
Fig.2 where the view is at the discharge side of the compression chamber. The radial and axial area
marked to identify the outlet opening is connected to the discharge nozzle by an appropriate
configuration of the casing.
Since the decreasing flute initially remains closed off by the casing wall, the air in it is compressed
(Fig.2a). This process is continued until the flute reaches the control ledges of the outlet opening with
its “leading” male and female rotor lobes (Fig.2b). With continued rotor rotation, connection is
established between the flute being considered by us and the compressor discharge nozzle via the
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER VI PAGE 3
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
marked Outlet opening (Fig.2c). As the flute volume is continuously being reduced to 0 (not shown)
via the intermediate position in Fig.2d, the compressed air in it is completely discharged.
Fig.2: Compression and discharge (facing the discharge side)
a) - b) Compression phase with decreasing flute volume
c) - d) Discharge as flute volume is being further reduced.
3. Inlet opening (partly concealed)
4. Outlet opening
5. Outlet control ledges.
As the number of lobes on the male rotor is 3, the complete operation of suction - compression -
discharge is repeated thrice per each male rotor rotation. Since several flutes at a time are in
connection with the inlet and outlet openings, there is a virtually uninterrupted medium flow through
the compressor.
The shape of the inlet and outlet control ledges is matched with the configuration of the lobe tips
(radially) and flanks (axially) in Figs.1d and 2b. Whereas the inlet control ledges are in a fixed position
in order to create the largest possible flute volume as a function of the profile shape, helix angle, and
application of each compressor. Their location defines the internal pressure ratio, which is the relation
between the pressure in the flute when reaching the outlet ledges (Fig. 2b) and the flute pressure upon
completion of the suction phase. (Fig. 1d).
The outlet control ledges are so arranged that the internal discharge pressure (i.e. flute pressure when
reaching the outlet ledges) is the same as the external discharge pressure (i.e. pressure in discharge
piping). Considering, however, that the compressors as a rule are working at different discharge
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER VI PAGE 4
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
pressure levels, there will be expansion of the flute volume to the pressure in the discharge nozzle if
this is less than the internal discharge pressure.
On the other hand, if the external discharge pressure is higher than the inner pressure, the air in the
flute is compressed to the backpressure level on reaching the outlet control ledges, and is then
discharged. The greater the difference between the internal discharge pressure and the back pressure,
the larger the pulsation in the compressed air, which has a frequency of three times the male rotor
speed.
The rotors are arranged one above the other with the male rotor at top. The rotor bearings are anti-
friction type. Radial forces are absorbed by cylindrical roller bearings, and axial loads by 4-point
bearings (ball races) on the discharge side.
The shaft sealing elements fitted between the compression chamber and the suction/discharge-side
bearings are used for minimizing air leakage from the compression chamber by means of tyred carbon
rings, while the fitted oil sealing rings prevent any bearing lube oil from penetrating into the
compression chamber. Pressure balancing pockets with discharge to the atmosphere are provided
between the carbon and oil sealing rings.
The suction nozzle of the air-cooled compressor casing points upwards, while the discharge nozzle is
arranged laterally. The complete compressor stage is fixed to the gear unit and centred by the flange of
the suction-side male rotor-bearing chamber.
GEAR UNIT
The driving gear and pinion have helical teething, with the helix angle so directed that the male rotor
axial bearing is relieved. The pinion is overhung on the tapered suction-side male rotor journal. The
driving shaft rests in anti-friction bearings on both sides of the shrink-fitted gear wheel. The oil pump
is driven direct by the driving shaft. On type CD26S, where the oil pump is flanged to the outside of
the gear casing on the compressor side, shaft sealing on the driving journal is by a labyrinth ring
OPERATION / MAINTENANCE MANUAL ASU 160 PPM
CHAPTER VI
Air+MakIndustries, Inc.
2. ENGINE MANUAL
Operation Manual
1015
26 3
88/1
Please read and observe the informationgiven in this Operation Manual. This willenable you to avoid accidents, preserve themanufacturer’s warranty and maintain theengine in peak operating condition.
This engine has been built exclusively forthe application specified in the scope ofsupply, as described by the equipment manu-facturer and is to be used only for theintended purpose. Any use exceeding thatscope is considered to be contrary to theintended purpose. The manufacturer willnot assume responsibility for any damageresulting therefrom. The risks involved areto be borne solely by the user.
Use in accordance with the intended pur-pose also implies compliance with the con-ditions laid down by the manufacturer foroperation, maintenance and servicing. Theengine should only be operated by person-nel trained in its use and the hazards in-volved.
The relevant accident prevention guidelinesand other generally accepted safety andindustrial hygiene regulations must be ob-served.
When the engine is running, there is a risk ofinjury through:- turning/hot components- engines with positive ignition- ignition systems (high electrical voltage) You must avoid contact at all times!
Unauthorized engine modifications will in-validate any liability claims against the manu-facturer for resultant damage.Manipulations of the injection and regulatingsystem may also influence the performanceof the engine, and its emissions. Adherenceto legislation on pollution cannot be guaran-teed under such conditions.
Do not change, convert or adjust the coolingair intake area to the blower.The manufacturer shall not be held respon-sible for any damage which results fromsuch work.
When carrying out maintenance/repair op-erations on the engine, the use of DEUTZoriginal parts is prescribed. These are spe-cially designed for your engine and guaran-tee perfect operation.Non-compliance results in the expiry of thewarranty!
Maintenance and cleaning of the engineshould only be carried out when the engineis switched off and has cooled down.You must ensure that the electrical systemshave been switched off and the ignition keyhas been removed.Accident prevention guidelines concerningelectrical systems (e.g. VDE-0100/-0101/-0104/-0105 Electrical protective measuresagainst dangerous touch voltage) are to beobserved.When cleaning with fluids, all electrical com-ponents are to be covered impermeably.
Safety guidelines / Accident prevention
0297 9684 en
Please enter here the engine serial number. By quotingthis number you will help to facilitate dealing withquestions concerning Customer Service, Repairs andSpare Parts (see Section 2.1).
EngineSerial Number:
In view of continuous design improvements or changes,the technical specifications and the illustrations shownin this Operation Manual are subject to alteration.Reprinting and reproduction, in part or in whole, aresubject to our written approval.
Operation Manual
1015
Foreword
Dear Customer,
Liquid-cooled DEUTZ engines are designedfor a broad spectrum ofapplications.Consequently, a wide range ofvariants are offered to meet the specificrequirements of each individual case.
Your engine is appropriately equipped forthe installation concerned, which meansthat not all the components described in thisOperation Manual are necessarily mountedto your engine.
We have endeavoured to highlight anydifferences so that you will be able to locatethe operating and maintenance instructionsrelevant to your engine quickly and easily.
Please read this Manual before starting yourengine, and always observe the operatingand maintenance instructions.
Should you have any inquiries we shall bepleased to provide advice.
Sincerely,
DEUTZ AG
1. General
2. Description of Engine2.1 Model Designation2.1.1 Rating Plate2.1.2 Location of Rating Plate2.1.3 Engine Serial Number2.1.4 Numbering of Cylinders2.2 Engine Illustrations2.2.1 Cyl. Bank A BF6 M 10152.2.2 Cyl. Bank B BF6 M 10152.2.3 Cyl. Bank A BF8 M 10152.2.4 Cyl. Bank B BF8 M 10152.3 Lube Oil Circuit2.3.1 Lube Oil Circuit Schematic 1015
3. Operation3.1 Commissioning3.1.1 Filling in Engine Oil3.1.2 Filling Oil Bath Air Cleaner with
Engine Oil3.1.3 Filling the Fuel Tank3.1.4 Filling/Bleeding the Cooling System
10153.1.5 Other Preparations3.2 Starting3.2.1 Electric Starting3.3 Monitoring Systems3.3.1 Engine Oil Pressure3.3.2 Coolant Temperature3.3.3 Coolant Level3.3.4 Lube Oil Level3.4 Stopping3.4.1 Mechanical Shutdown3.4.2 Electric Shutdown
3.5 Operating Conditions3.5.1 Winter Operation3.5.2 High Ambient Temperature, High
Altitude
4. Operating Media4.1 Lube Oil4.1.1 Quality Grade4.1.2 Viscosity4.2 Fuel4.2.1 Quality Grade4.2.2 Winter Grade Fuel4.3 Coolant4.3.1 Water Quality for Coolant
Preparation4.3.2 Coolant Preparation4.3.3 Cooling System Protective Agents
5. Routine Maintenance5.1 Maintenance Schedule5.2 Maintenance Chart5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs
6. Service and Maintenance6.1 Lubrication System6.1.1 Oil Change Intervals6.1.2 Changing Engine Oil, Checking Oil
Level6.1.3 Renewing Oil Filter6.2 Fuel System6.2.1 Renewing Fuel Filter6.2.2 Change Fuel Leakage Line6.2.3 Fuel Pre-filter Element
Clean/Replace if necessary
Table of Contents
6.3 Cooling System6.3.1 Cleaning Intervals6.3.2 Draining Cooling System6.3.3 Filling/Bleeding Cooling System6.3.4 Cleaning engine6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner6.4.1 Cleaning Intervals6.4.2 Dry-Type Air Cleaner6.4.3 Removing Cyclone-Type
Precleaner6.4.4 Cleaning Oil Bath Air Cleaner6.5 Belt Drives6.5.1 Checking Alternator V-Belt6.5.2 Retensioning/Renewing Alternator
V-Belt6.6 Adjustments6.6.1 Checking/Adjusting Valve
Clearances6.6.1.1 Valve Clearance
Adjustment Schematic6.7 Accessories6.7.1 Battery6.7.2 Three-Phase Alternator6.7.3 Lifting Tackle
7. Troubleshooting7.1 Diagnosis Chart
8. Engine Preservation8.1 Preservation
9. Specification Data9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings9.2 Torque Wrench Settings9.3 Tools
10. Service
26 3
88/1
1DEUTZ Diesel Engines
are the product of many years of research anddevelopment. The resulting know-how, coupledwith stringent quality standards, guarantee theirlong service life, high reliability and low fuelconsumption.It goes without saying that DEUTZ Diesel Enginesmeet the highest standards for environmentalprotection.
Service
Please contact one of our authorized servicerepresentatives in the event of breakdowns or forspare parts inquiries. Our trained specialists willcarry out repairs quickly and professionally, usingonly genuine spare parts.Original parts from DEUTZ AG are always producedin accordance with state-of-the-art technology.Please turn to the end of this manual for furtherservice information.
General
!
Care and Maintenance
Sound care and maintenance practices will ensurethat the engine continues to meet the requirementsplaced on it. Recommended service intervals mustbe observed and service and maintenance workcarried out conscientiously.Special care should be taken under abnormallydemanding operating conditions.
Asbestos
DEUTZ original parts are asbestos-free.
Safety
This symbol is used for all safetywarnings. Please follow themcarefully. The attention of operatingpersonnel should be drawn to thesesafety instructions. General safety
and accident prevention regulations laid down bylaw must also be observed.
Beware of Running Engine
Shut the engine down before carrying out mainte-nance or repair work. Ensure that the engine cannotbe accidentally started. Risk of accidents.When the work is complete, be sure to refit anypanels and guards that may have been removed.Never fill the fuel tank while the engine is running.Observe industrial safety regulations when runningthe engine in an enclosed space or underground.
CaliforniaProposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its consti-tuents are known to the State of California tocause cancer, birth defects, and other repro-ductive harm.
1
2
Description of Engine
2.1 Model Designation2.2 Engine Illustrations2.3 Lube Oil Circuit
2
26 332 0 26 389 0 26 390 0
CD
Description of Engine 2.1 Model Designation
2.1.1 Rating Plate 2.1.2 Location of Rating Plate 2.1.3 Engine Serial Number
The model designation A, the engine serialnumber B and the performance data are stampedon the rating plate.
When ordering spare parts, it is essential to quotethe model designation and the engine serialnumber.
The rating plate C is affixed to the crankcase. The engine serial number is stamped on thecrankcase iteself (arrow) and on the rating plate.
A B
2
26 391 0
2.1.4 Numbering of Cylinders
The cylinders are numbered consecutively foreither cyl. bank A or B, beginning at flywheel end.
2.1 Model Designation Description of Engine
2
26 392 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
78910
11
12
13
14
15
2.2.1 Cyl. Bank A – BF6M 1015
1 Oil filler neck 2 Cylinder head 3 Exhaust manifold 4 SAE housing 5 Crankcase 6 Starter 7 Oil pan 8 Oil filter 9 Coolant connection from heat exchanger to
engine10 Vibration damper11 V-belt pulley12 Alternator13 Coolant connection to heat exchanger14 Solenoid (shutdown solenoid)15 Flame-type heater plug (B-side)
Description of Engine 2.2 Engine Illustration
2
26 393 0
16
17
181920
21
22
23
2.2.2 Cyl. Bank B – BF6M1015
16 Charge air pipe17 Oil dipstick18 Oil drain plug19 SAE housing20 Flywheel21 Exhaust turbocharger22 Injection pump23 Flame-type heater plug (A-side)
2.2 Engine Illustration Description of Engine
2
26 412 0
2.2.3 Cyl. Bank A – BF8M 1015
1 Exhaust turbocharger 2 Exhaust manifold 3 Crankcase 4 Starter 5 Oil filler neck 6 Oil pan 7 Lube oil filter 8 V-belt pulley with vibration damper 9 Coolant connection from heat exchanger to
engine10 Oil cooler11 Fan12 Exhaust stack13 Charge air pipe to the charge air cooler14 Flame-type heater plug system (B-side)
Description of Engine 2.2 Engine Illustration
1
2
3
4
5678
9
10
11
12
13
14
2
26 413 0
2.2.4 Cyl. Bank B – BF8M 1015
14 Flame-type heater plug system (A-side)15 Oil filler neck16 Cylinder head17 Alternator18 Oil dipstick19 SAE housing20 Flywheel21 Compressor22 Fuel connecting line
2.2 Engine Illustration Description of Engine
14
15
16
17
181920
21
22
2
26 394 0
2.3.1 Lube Oil Circuit Schematic 1015Wet Sump Lubrication
1 Oil pan 2 Intake pipe 3 Oil pump 4 Overpressure relief valve 5 Oil cooler 6 Spin-on oil filter 7 Main oil bores 8 Main bearing 9 Big-end bearing10 Camshaft bearing11 Oil supply to injection pump12 Injection pump13 Return line from injection pump to
crankcase14 Line to spray nozzle15 Spray nozzle with pressure-holding valve for
piston cooling16 Tappet with control groove for pulse
lubrication of rocker arms17 Pushrod, oil supply to rocker arm lubrication18 Rocker arm19 Oil return bore in cylinder head to crankcase.20 Oil pressure sensor / oil pressure switch21 Oil line to exhaust turbocharger22 Exhaust turbocharger23 Oil line to compressor (hydr. pump)24 Compressor25 Hydraulic pump26 Pressure-holding valve (adjustable)27 Oil return line from compressor (hydr.
pump) to crankcase28 Oil return line from turbocharger to
crankcase
Description of Engine 2.3 Lube Oil Circuit
3
Engine Operation
3.1 Commissioning3.2 Starting3.3 Monitoring Systems3.4 Stopping3.5 Operating Conditions
3
26 397 0 24980 2 26 398 0
OIL FUEL
Engine Operation 3.1 Commissioning
3.1.1 Filling in Engine Oil
As a rule, the engines are delivered withoutoil filling.Fill in lube oil through the oil filler neck(arrow).For oil filling volume, see 9.1.For oil quality grade and oil viscosity, see 4.1.
Fill engine oil into bowl 1 of oil bath aircleaner (if fitted) up to the arrow mark.For oil quality grade and oil viscosity, see 4.1.
Use only commercial-grade diesel fuel. Forfuel quality grade, see 4.2.Use summer- or winter-grade fuel,depending on the ambient temperature.
3.1.3 Filling the Fuel Tank3.1.2 Filling Oil Bath Air Cleaner withEngine Oil
!Never fill oil into theprecleaner’s dust collector, ifprovided. !
Stop engine before filling thefuel tank!Observe strict cleanliness! Donot spill any fuel!
3
26 399 0
2
1
3.1 Commissioning Engine Operation
3.1.4 Filling/Bleeding CoolingSystem1015
Connect coolant inlet 1 and coolant outlet 2 toexternal coolant tank.
Fill in coolant into cooling system.
Start engine and run up to normal operatingtemperature until thermostat opens (line 2warms up).
Check coolant level in external cooling system,top up coolant if necessary.
3.1.5 Other Preparations
Check battery and battery cable connections,see 6.7.1.
Trial run– Upon completing the preparations run the
engine for a short trial run of about 10minutes under low load.
During and after trial run– Check the engine for leaks.
After the engine has been stopped– Check oil level and top up if necessary, see
6.1.2– Retension V-belts, see 6.5.
Breaking-inDuring the breaking-in phase, it isrecommended to check the oil level twice a day.After the breaking-in phase, checking once aday will be sufficient.
3
26 400 0 26 411 0
2
1
P
1
2
0+–1
2
3
3.2.1 Electric Starting
Before starting, make surethat nobody is standing in theimmediate vicinity of theengine or driven machine.After repair work :
Check whether all removed guards are putback in place and all tools are removed fromthe engine.When starting with flame-type heater plugs,do not use any other additional starting aids(e.g. injection with start pilot). Accidenthazard!Important: Never start the engine withspeed governor removed.Disconnect battery!
Disengage the clutch to separate the enginefrom the driven equipment.
Move speed control lever 1 in direction ofarrow at least to middle speed position.
Move shutdown lever 2 to „Run” position(opposite direction of arrow, item.1).
Insert key.– Position 0 = no operating voltage.
Turn key clockwise.– Position 1 = operating voltage,– Pilot lamps light up.
Turn key further clockwise against springaction.– Position 2 = starting.
Release key as soon as the engine starts firing.– Pilot lamps go out.
without Cold-Starting Aid
Do not actuate the starter for more than 20seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, wait one minute before repeating theattempt.If the engine does not start after twoattempts, trace the cause with the aid of theDiagnosis Chart (see 7.1).
!
Engine Operation 3.2 Starting
3
P
1
2
0+–1
2
3
26 411 0
with Cold-Starting AidFlame-Type Heater Plug System
Important: The starting processmust be carried out within the30 seconds, otherwise repeatstarting attempt.
!
Insert key.– Position 0 = no operating voltage.
Turn key clockwise.– Position 1 = operating voltage,– Pilot lamps 1+2+3 light up.– Preheat until heater plug indicator 3 blinks,
max. 30 seconds.– Engine is ready for operation.
3.2 Starting Engine Operation
Turn key further clockwise against springaction to– Position 2 = starting
Release key as soon as the engine starts firing.– Pilot lamps go out.
3
25752 1 25754 0 26246 0
3.3.1 Engine Oil Pressure
Oil Pressure Pilot Lamp Oil Pressure Gauge
3.3.2 Coolant Temperature
The oil pressure pilot lamp lights up withoperating voltage applied and engine shut off.
The oil pressure pilot lamp must go out whenthe engine is running.
The pointer of the oil pressure gauge mustindicate the minimum oil pressure (see 9.1).
The pointer of the temperature indicator shouldremain in the green sector and enter the yellow-greeen sector only in exceptional cases. If thepointer enters the orange sector, the engine isoverheating. Turn it off and establish the causefrom the Diagnosis Chart (see 7.1).
Engine Operation 3.3 Monitoring Systems
3
26 291 1 26 278 1minmin min
3.3.3 Coolant Level 3.3.4 Lube Oil Level
Lamp of coolant level indicator lights up(contact via float switch/level sensor when min.coolant level has been reached):Turn engine off and establish cause from theDiagnosis Chart (see 7.1)
Functional check of coolant level:Insert key in position 1 or 2(Float switch or level sensor)Pilot lamp lights up for about 2 seconds– Coolant level o.k.: lamp goes out– Coolant level not o.k.: lamp does not go out.
Lamp of lube oil level indicator lights up(contact via float switch/level sensor when min.lube oil level has been reached):Turn engine off and establish cause from theDiagnosis Chart (see 7.1)
Functional check of lube oil level:Insert key in position 1 or 2(Float switch or level sensor)Pilot lamp lights up for about 2 seconds– Lube oil level o.k.: lamp goes out– Lube oil level not o.k.: lamp does not go out.
3.3 Monitoring Systems Engine Operation
3
26 401 0 26 411 0
1
2P
1
2
0+–1
2
3
3.4.1 Mechanical Shutdown 3.4.2 Electric Shutdown
Set speed control lever 1 to low speed position.
Actuate shutdown lever 2 until engine comes tostandstill. Charging-current and oil pressurepilot lamps light up when engine has come tostandstill.
Turn key counter-clockwise (to position 0) andpull off. Pilot lamps go out.
Engine Operation 3.4 Starting
3
26248 0
3.5.1 Winter Operation
Lube Oil Viscosity– Select the oil viscosity (SAE grade)
according to the ambient temperatureprevailing at the time when the engine isstarted 4.1.2.
– Keep shorter periods between oil changeswhen operating at temperatures below –10°C (+14 °F), see 6.1.1.
Diesel Fuel– Use winter-grade diesel fuel for operation
below 0 °C (+32 °F), see 4.2.2.
Coolant– Set the water / antifreeze mix to suit the
lowest temperature likely to occur (max. –35°C /–31 °F), see 4.3.1.
Additional Maintenance Jobs– Drain the sludge from the fuel tank once a
week (by undoing the sludge drain plug).– Adjust the oil filling in the oil bath air cleaner
(if fitted) to the prevailing ambienttemperature as in the case of engine oil.
– At temperatures below –20 °C (–4 °F)lubricate the flywheel ring gear with low-temperature grease, e.g. Bosch FT 1 V31,
from time to time through the pinion hole (ifnecessary remove starter).
Cold-Starting Aids– At temperatures near or below freezing point
start with flame-type heater plug, see 3.2.1.This not only lowers the starting limittemperature, but proves also useful at tem-peratures normally not requiring a startingaid.
Battery– Cold starting requires a good state of charge
of the battery, see 6.7.1.– The starting limit temperature can be
lowered by 4-5 °C by heating the battery upto +20 °C (+65 °F). To do so, remove thebattery and store in a warm place.
3.5 Operating Conditions Engine Operation
3
25901 1
3.5.2 High Ambient Temperature,High Altitude
With increasing altitude and rising ambienttemperatures the density of the air. tends todecrease, which affects the maximum poweroutput, the exhaust gas quality, thetemperature level and in extreme cases, thestarting behaviour. Under transient runningconditions, operation is permissible at altitudesup to 1000 meters at ambient temperatures upto 30 °C (86 °F)If an engine is operated under more severeconditions (at higher altitudes or ambient tem-peratures) it will be necessary to reduce theinjected fuel quantity and thus engine power.
In case of doubt concerning such engineapplications, ask your engine or equipmentsupplier whether, in the interest of operationalreliabillty, service life and exhaust gas quality(smoke!), an engine derating had beenconsidered necessary, or simply contact yourservice representative.
Engine Operation 3.5 Operating Conditions
4
4.1 Lube Oil4.2 Fuel4.3 Coolant
Operating Media
4 4.1.1 Quality Grade
The lube oil quality grade is defined byspecifications. The following lube oilspecifications are approved:
lube oil quality class:
classification/specification
DEUTZ- DQC I DQC II DQC III
ACEA- E2-96 E3-96/E5-02 E4-99
API- CF/CF-4 CG-4/CH-4 -
Worldwide - DHD-1 -
If in doubt, contact your service representative
4.1.2 Viscosity
Generally, multi-grade oils shall be used. Inclosed heated rooms at temperatures >5°C,also single-grade oils can be used. Theindicated lube oil grades must, of course, alsobe observed for single-grade oils.As the viscosity of lube oil is dependent ontemperature, the choice of SAE gradeshould be governed by the ambienttemperature prevailing at the engineoperating site.Optimum operating behaviour will beattained if you take the accompanying oilviscosity diagram as a guide.Should the temperature fall temporarilybelow the limits of the SAE grade selected,cold starting may be affected but the enginewill not be damaged.In order to keep wear to a minimum, do notexceed application limits for extendedperiods of time.Oil changes dictated by the seasons can beavoided by using multi-grade lube oils. Mul-ti-grade oils - particularly low-friction oils -also reduce fuel consumption.
Operating Media 4.1 Lube Oil
only with engineoil preheating
© 30 298 1
4
4.1 Lube Oil Operating Media
4.1.2.1 Specific lube oildefinitions
Turbocharged engines with uprated powerand engines with high loading
The oils listed in enclosure 1 are to be usedfor the following engines and applications: 1015 CP all engines in CHP plants all engines in gensets operating in parallel
with the mains/with each other engines in combines with:These are high-grade oils according to ACEA or API.In addition most of these oils are partly synthetic,some even fully synthetic (5W-40) and thus achievethe thermal stability required for the relevantapplication and are distinguished by a low tendencyto cause deposits in the turbocharger and in thecharge air pipes with closed-circuit crankcasebreather
Exhaust emission-optimized engines forcommercial vehicles as from EURO II andmobile machinery as from level 2. For exhaustemission-optimized engines of all DEUTZseries which meet the following exhaustemission requirements:a) as from EURO II the requirements of 88/
77/EEC and 91/542/EECfor commercialvehicles in Europe,
b) as from level 2 the requirements of 97/68/EC, for mobile machinery in Europe
c) as from level 2 the requirements for USnonroad engines the following oil gradeswill be permissible:- ACEA E3-96 and E4-98 for requirements a) and b)- API CG-4 and CH-4 for application c)
Producer Type of lube oil SAE class AvailabilityDEUTZ Deutz Öl TLX 10W-40FE EuropaGIP Agip Sigma Ultra TFE 10W-40 worldwideAGIP Autol Valve Ultra FE 10W-40 GermanyARAL GmbH Aral MegaTurboral 10W-40 worldwideARAL GmbH Aral SuperTurboral 5W-30 worldwideBAYWA BayWa Super Truck 1040 MC 10W-40 South GemanyBAYWA BayWa Turbo 4000 10W-40 South GemanyCastrol GmbH Castrol SYNTRUCK 5W-40 Europe, North America, Brazil
Argentina, Australia, South AfricaCastrol GmbH Castrol DYNAMAX 7,5W-40 Europe, North America, Brazil
Argentina, Australia, South AfricaCHEVRON Chevron Delo 400 Synthtic 5W-40 North AmericaESSO Essolube XTS 501 10W-40 EuropeFINA FINA KAPPA FIRST 5W-30 EuropeFINA FINA KAPPA ULTRA 10W-40 EuropeFUCHS DEA DEA Cronos Synth 5W-40 Germany, EuropeFUCHS DEA DEA Cronos Premium LD 10W-40 Germany, EuropeFUCHS DEA Fuchs Titan Cargo MC 10W-40 worldwideFUCHS DEA Deutz Oel TLL 10W-40 MB 10W-40 GermanyFUCHS DEA DEA Cronos Premium FX 10W-40 EuropeFUCHS DEA Fuchs Titan Unic Plus MC 10W-40 worldwideMOBIL OIL Mobil Delvac 1 SHC 5W-40 Europe, SE Asia, AfricaMOBIL OIL Mobil Delvac 1 5W-40 worldwideMOBIL OIL Mobil Delvac XHP Extra 10W-40 Europe, SE AsiaBP OIL International BP Vanellus HT Extra 10W-40 EuropeShell International Shell Myrina TX / 5W-30 Europe, different
Shell Rimula Ultra description in some countryShell International Shell Myrina TX / 10W-40 Europe, different
Shell Rimula Ultra description in some countryTOTAL TOTAL RUBIA TIR 86000 10W-40 worldwideSchmierölraffinerie Wintershall TFG 10W-40 EuropeSalzbergen GmbHThe table will be extended as and when required.
Lube oils forengines with uprated power andengines with high
loading
4
Operating Media 4.2 Fuel
4.2.1 Quality Grade
Use commercial brands of diesel fuel with asulfur content of less than 0.5%. If the sulfurcontent is higher than 0.5%, oil changeintervals should be reduced, see 6.1.1.
The following specifications / standards areapproved:
CEN EN 590 or DIN/EN 590
DIN 51 601 (Feb.1986)
BS 2869 (1988): A1 and A2
ASTM D975-88: 1-D and 2-D
NATO Code F-54 and F-75
The exhaust emission levels determinedduring certification always refer to thereference fuel specified by the supervisingauthorities for such certification.
4.2.2 Winter-Grade Fuel
At low temperatures, waxing may occur andclog the fuel system, causing operationaltrouble. In case of sub-zero (+32 °F)ambient temperatures it is recommended touse winter-grade diesel fuel (down to –15 °C= +5 °F). Normally, such fuel is offered at thefilling stations in good time before the coldseason starts. Diesel fuel containing additi-ves („Super Diesel”) is frequently also onsale for use at temperatures down to –20 °C(–4 °F).
At temperatures below –15 °C (+5 °F) or –20 °C (–4 °F), kerosene should be addedto the diesel fuel. The relevantpercentages are given in the diagram atthe right.
If summer-grade diesel fuel has to be usedat temperatures below zero (+32 °F), up to60% kerosene may be added (see diagramat the right).
In most cases, adequate resistance to coldis also attained by adding a flow improver(fuel additive). Ask your servicerepresentative for this.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 %
0
- 5
- 10
- 15
- 20
- 25
- 30
+32
+23
+14
+ 5
- 4
- 13
- 22
BA°F °C
' 26441 1
I
II
Mix in tank only! Fill in theappropriate amount of kerosenefirst, then add the diesel fuel.
I Summer diesel fuel
II Winter diesel fuelA Ambient temperature
B Percentage of kerosene added
Illustration legend:
Diesel fuels must never be mixedwith petrol (normal and supergrade petrol)!
4
In the case of liquid-cooled engines, specialattention must be paid to the treatment andcontrol of the coolant, as the engine mayotherwise become damaged as a result ofcorrosion, cavitation and freezing.The treatment of the coolant is carried out by adding acooling system protectant to the cooling water.The cooling system must be continuously monitored,see 5.1. In addition to checking the coolant level, thisalso involves checking the concentration of the coolingsystem protectant.The cooling system protectant concentration can bechecked with commercially available testers (example:gefo glycomat®).
4.3.2 Coolant treatment 4.3.3 Cooling system protectants4.3.1 Quality of water for coolantin the recirculating watersystem
The values listed below must not be exceeded.In order to examine the quality of your water, a test casecan be ordered from DEUTZ under Order No. 12130382.
Water quality min max
ph value at 20 °C /68° F 6.5 8.5
Chloride ion content [mg/dm3] - 100
Sulphate ion content [mg/dm3] - 100
Total hardness [°dGH] 3 20
Cooling system protectant Water
max. 45 Vol.% 55%min. 35 Vol.% 65%
If nitrite-based cooling systemprotectants are mixed withamine-based agents, danger-ous nitrosamines are formed.
Cooling system protectants mustbe disposed of in an environmen-tally-friendly manner.
DEUTZ cooling system protectants must be purchasedin drums under Order No. 01011490 (5 litres) or 12211500 (210 litres). These are nitrite, amine and phos-phate-free, and provide effective protection againstcorrosion, cavitation and freezing.If the above mentioned cooling system protectant isunavailable, the following products may be used inexceptional cases.
Manufacturer Product designationAVIA AVIA Antifreeze ExtraARAL Antifreeze ExtraBASF Glysantin G 48DEA DEA kylarfrostsskydd
SHELL SHELLGlycoShell
The cooling system protectant in the coolant should notfall below or exceed the following concentration:
Filling volume, see Chapter 9.1.The use of other cooling system protectants, e.g. chemi-cal anti-corrosion agents, is possible in exceptionalcases. Consult DEUTZ Service.The use of anti-corrosion oils is not permitted.
4.3 Coolant Operating Media
4
18 20 22 25 27 30 32 35
35 –22 6,3 7,0 7,7 8,75 9,5 10,5 11,2 12,3
40 –28 7,2 8,0 8,8 10 10,8 12 12,8 14
45 –35 8,1 9,0 9,9 11,3 12,2 13,5 14,4 15,8
50 –45 9,0 10 11 12,5 13,5 15 16 17,5
Protective agent[Liters]
Cooling system capacity *)[Liters]
Cooling System Protection
*) For coolant capacity of your engine, see Section 9.1.Note: Consult head-office regarding figures in the grey field.
Protectiveagent
[% by vol.]
Protectionagainst freezing to
[°C]
Operating Media 4.3 Coolant
5
5.1 Maintenance Schedule5.2 Maintenance Chart5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs
Routine Maintenance
46 en
5
© 2
000Routine maintenance 5.1 Maintenance schedule
check 2x daily before or during 1st trial run, during running- In period or when commissioning new or overhauled enginesevery 10 OH or daily
in operating hours (OH) every:E10 E20 E30 E30 E40 E60 E70
check = adjust = clean = replace = 25
0
500
1000
6000
1200
0
1 2
Lube oil level, top up if necessary 6.1.2/3.3.4Lube oil (oil change int. depending on engine app.), see TR 0199-99-3002 6.1.1/6.1.2Oil filter cartridge 6.1.3Fuel filter cartridge 6.2.1Fuel leakage lines (should be replaced in there entirety) 6.2.2Injection valve #Fuel pre-cleaner 4.2Coolant (additive concentration) 4.3.1/2/3Coolant pump –Coolant level –Intake air cleaner (if available, maintain according to maintenance indicator) 6.4.3/6.4.4Intercooler (drain lube oil/condensation) –Battery and cable connectors 6.7.1Engine monotoring system, Warning system 3.3 #Valve clearance (adjust if necessary) 6.6.1V-belts (retension if necessary, replaced if damaged) 6.5.1Crankcase pressure-relief valve/injection valve #Crankcase pressure vent valve #Check engine for leaks (visual inspection) –Draining bores between cylinder banks, engine cleaning 6.3.1/6.3.4Engine mount (replaced if damaged) 9.2Fasteners, hose connections/clips –General overhaul #
Years
Operation Section
Industriel enginesThe specified engine maintenance values arepermissible recommended maximums. Dependingon usage, reduced maintenance intervals may benecessary; comply with the unit manufacturer’soperating instructions. # Maintenance must only becarried out by authorised service personnel.
9684en_k05.p65 12.01.2005, 14:5746
47 Gerade en
5
© 2
000
5.1 Maintenance schedule Routine maintenance
check 2x daily before or during 1st trial run, during running- In period or when commissioning new or overhauled enginesevery 10 OH or daily
in operating hours (OH) every:
Additions andmodifications for engines
with EPA approvalThe specified engine maintenance values arepermissible recommended maximums. Dependingon usage, reduced maintenance intervals may benecessary; comply with the unit manufacturer’soperating instructions. # Maintenance must only becarried out by authorised service personnel.
check = adjust = clean = replace =
250
500
1000
4000
6000
1200
0
1 2Lube oil (oil change int. depending on engine app.), see TR 0199-99-3002 6.1.1/6.1.2Injection valve #Intercooler (drain lube oil/condensation) #Intercooler inlet, clean as necessary –Crankcase pressure vent valve #Exhaust Turbo-Charger outlet, clean as necessary –
Years
Operation Section
E10 E20 E30 E40 E70
9684en_k05.p65 12.01.2005, 14:5747
48 en
5
© 2
000Routine maintenance 5.1 Maintenance schedule
check 2x daily before or during 1st trial run, during running- In period or when commissioning new or overhauled enginesevery 200 km or daily
Kilometrage (km) every:Service group I
Vehicle enginesThe specified engine maintenance values arepermissible recommended maximums. Dependingon usage, reduced maintenance intervals may benecessary; comply with the unit manufacturer’soperating instructions. # Maintenance must only becarried out by authorised service personnel.
check = adjust = clean = replace = 50
00
10 00
0
20 00
0
120 0
00
240 0
00
1 2
Lube oil level, top up if necessary 6.1.2/3.3.4Lube oil (oil change int. depending on engine app.), see TR 0199-99-3002 6.1.1/6.1.2Oil filter cartridge 6.1.3Fuel filter cartridge 6.2.1Fuel leakage lines (should be replaced in there entirety) 6.2.2Injection valve #Fuel pre-cleaner 4.2Coolant (additive concentration) 4.3.1/2/3Coolant pump –Coolant level 4.3.2/4.3.3Intake air cleaner (if available, maintain according to maintenance indicator) 6.4.3/6.4.4Intercooler (drain lube oil/condensation) #Battery and cable connectors 6.7.1Engine monotoring system 3.3Valve clearance (adjust if necessary) 6.6.1V-belts (retension if necessary, replaced if damaged) 6.5.1Crankcase pressure-relief valve/injection valve #Crankcase pressure vent valve #Check engine for leaks (visual inspection) –Draining bores between cylinder banks, engine cleaning 6.3.1/6.3.4Engine mount (replaced if damaged) 9.2Fasteners, hose connections/clips –General overhaul #
Years
Operation Section
Service groupe Annual kilometrage average speed approx.(km) approx. km/h
I < 30 000 20II > 30 bis 100 000 40III > 100 000 60
E10 E20 E30 E30 E40 E60 E70
9684en_k05.p65 12.01.2005, 14:5748
49 Gerade en
5
© 2
000
5.1 Maintenance schedule Routine maintenance
check 2x daily before or during 1st trial run, during running- In period or when commissioning new or overhauled enginesevery 200 km or daily
Kilometrage (km) every:Service group II
Vehicle enginesThe specified engine maintenance values arepermissible recommended maximums. Dependingon usage, reduced maintenance intervals may benecessary; comply with the unit manufacturer’soperating instructions. # Maintenance must only becarried out by authorised service personnel.
check = adjust = clean = replace =
10 00
0
20 00
0
40 00
0
240 0
00
480 0
00
1 2
Lube oil level, top up if necessary 6.1.2/3.3.4Lube oil (oil change int. depending on engine app.), see TR 0199-99-3002 6.1.1/6.1.2Oil filter cartridge 6.1.3Fuel filter cartridge 6.2.1Fuel leakage lines (should be replaced in there entirety) 6.2.2Injection valve #Fuel pre-cleaner 4.2Coolant (additive concentration) 4.3.1/2/3Coolant pump –Coolant level –Intake air cleaner (if available, maintain according to maintenance indicator) 6.4.3/6.4.4Intercooler (drain lube oil/condensation) #Battery and cable connectors 6.7.1Engine monotoring system # 3.3Valve clearance (adjust if necessary) 6.6.1V-belts (retension if necessary, replaced if damaged) 6.5.1Crankcase pressure-relief valve/injection valve #Crankcase pressure vent valve #Check engine for leaks (visual inspection) –Draining bores between cylinder banks, engine cleaning 6.3.1/6.3.4Engine mount (replaced if damaged) 9.2Fasteners, hose connections/clips –General overhaul #
Years
Operation Section
Service groupe Annual kilometrage average speed approx.(km) approx. km/h
I < 30 000 20II > 30 bis 100 000 40III > 100 000 60
E10 E20 E30 E30 E40 E60 E70
9684en_k05.p65 12.01.2005, 14:5749
50 en
5
© 2
000Routine maintenance 5.1 Maintenance schedule
check 2x daily before or during 1st trial run, during running- In period or when commissioning new or overhauled enginesevery 200 km or daily
Kilometrage (km) every:Service group III
Vehicle enginesThe specified engine maintenance values arepermissible recommended maximums. Dependingon usage, reduced maintenance intervals may benecessary; comply with the unit manufacturer’soperating instructions. # Maintenance must only becarried out by authorised service personnel.
check = adjust = clean = replace = 30
. 000
60. 00
0
120. 0
00
360. 0
00
1.000
.000
1 2
Lube oil level, top up if necessary 6.1.2/3.3.4Lube oil (oil change int. depending on engine app.), see TR 0199-99-3002 6.1.1/6.1.2Oil filter cartridge 6.1.3Fuel filter cartridge 6.2.1Fuel leakage lines (should be replaced in there entirety) 6.2.2Injection valve #Fuel pre-cleaner 4.2Coolant (additive concentration) 4.3.1/2/3Coolant pump –Coolant level –Intake air cleaner (if available, maintain according to maintenance indicator) 6.4.3/6.4.4Intercooler (drain lube oil/condensation) #Battery and cable connectors 6.7.1Engine monotoring system 3.3Valve clearance (adjust if necessary) 6.6.1V-belts (retension if necessary, replaced if damaged) 6.5.1Crankcase pressure-relief valve/injection valve #Crankcase pressure vent valve #Check engine for leaks (visual inspection) –Draining bores between cylinder banks, engine cleaning 6.3.1/6.3.4Engine mount (replaced if damaged) 9.2Fasteners, hose connections/clips –General overhaul #
Years
Operation Section
Service groupe Annual kilometrage average speed approx.(km) approx. km/h
I < 30 000 20II > 30 bis 100 000 40III > 100 000 60
E10 E20 E30 E30 E40 E60 E70
9684en_k05.p65 12.01.2005, 14:5750
5The maintenance chart shown here is supplied asself-adhesive label with each engine. It should beaffixed where it can be clearly seen on the engineor driven equipment.
Check that this is the case!
If necessary, ask your engine or equipmentsupplier for a fresh supply of labels!
Routine maintenance work should be carried outaccording to the schedule in 5.1.
Stop the engine before carryingout any maintenance work.!
5.2 Maintenance Chart Routine Maintenance
0297 4963 1
10151000in.
a
ex.
0,25 mm0.009 in.in.=0,30 mm0.012 in.ex.=
10
OILmax.
500 500
OIL
500
OIL
API = CD/CECCMC = D4 o. D5
D5 = SHPD
1000
1000 FUEL
125-2000
10
AIRh
Std.
5 –
250
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
2750
50-150*
125
375
625
875
1125
1375
1625
1875
2115
2375
2625
Running hours DateDate Signature / Stamp Signature / StampRunning hours
* after commissioning of new and overhauled enginesDuly completed maintenance jobs can be recorded and signed off in the above table.
Routine Maintenance 5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs
52875
3125
3375
3625
3875
4125
4375
4625
4875
5125
5375
5625
3000
3250
3500
3750
4000
4250
4500
4750
5000
5250
5500
5750
Duly completed maintenance jobs can be recorded and signed off in the above table.
5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs Routine Maintenance
Running hours DateDate Signature / Stamp Signature / StampRunning hours
55875
6125
6375
6625
6875
7125
7375
7625
7825
8125
8375
8625
6000
6250
6500
6750
7000
7250
7500
7750
8000
8250
8500
8750
Duly completed maintenance jobs can be recorded and signed off in the above table.
Routine Maintenance 5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs
Running hours DateDate Signature / Stamp Signature / StampRunning hours
58875
8125
8375
8625
8875
9125
9375
9625
9825
10125
10375
10625
9000
8250
8500
8750
9000
9250
9500
9750
10000
10250
10500
10750
Duly completed maintenance jobs can be recorded and signed off in the above table.
5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs Routine Maintenance
Running hours DateDate Signature / Stamp Signature / StampRunning hours
510875
11125
11375
11625
11875
12125
12375
12625
12825
13125
13375
13625
11000
11250
11500
11750
12000
12250
12500
12750
13000
13250
13500
13750
Duly completed maintenance jobs can be recorded and signed off in the above table.
Routine Maintenance 5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs
Running hours DateDate Signature / Stamp Signature / StampRunning hours
513875
14125
14375
14625
14875
15125
15375
15625
15825
16125
16375
16625
14000
14250
14500
14750
15000
15250
15500
15750
16000
16250
16500
16750
Duly completed maintenance jobs can be recorded and signed off in the above table.
5.3 Completed Maintenance Jobs Routine Maintenance
Running hours DateDate Signature / Stamp Signature / StampRunning hours
5
6
6.1 Lubrication System6.2 Fuel System6.3 Cooling System6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner6.5 Belt Drives6.6 Adjustments6.7 Accessories
Service and Maintenance
6
Service and Maintenance 6.1 Lubrication System
¸ The first oil change after commissioning orrecommissioning following repair work iscarried out after 50 running hours.
¸ The oil change intervals are dependent on :– Lube oil quality– Sulfur content in the fuel– Engine application
¸ Should, within a year, the engine run less thanthe hours stated in the table, the oil must bechanged at least once a year.
¸ The table refers to the following conditions:– For diesel fuel max. sulfur content > 0.5 %
by wt.– Continuous ambient temperature down to
–10 °C (+14 °F)
¸ If the sulfur content is > 0.5 to > 1 % or thecontinuous ambient temperature below –10 °C(+14 °F), the intervals between the oil changesshould be halved.
¸ In the case of fuels containing sulfur > 1 % ,ask your service representative.
6.1.1 Oil Change Intervals
Change the oil with the engine off but still warm(lube oil temperature approx. 80 °C / 176 °F).
¸ If, for vehicle engines, lube oil changeintervals are determined by operating hours,the lube oil change intervals indicated intable 6.1.1.1. for “Oil use under normal duty”will apply.
6Lube oil grade
Deutz lube oil quality class DQC I DQC II DQC III
ACEA-specfication E2-96 E3-96/E5-02 E4-99
API-specfication CF/CF-4 CG-4/CH-4 -
Worldwide specfication - DHD-1 -
special DEUTZ release list - - siehe Kap.4.1.2.1
Standard lube oil code for building EO.. . EO...C -
equipment and nonraod vehicles EO...A, EO...B
Engine Engine version Lube oil change intervals in op. hoursseries Oil use Oil use Oil use
normal high normal high normal high
1015 All engines except for: 250 125 500 250 500 250
1015C from Nonroad Stufe II - - 500 250 500 250
1015CP - - - - 500 250
BF6M1015MC P ≤ 300 kW - - 500 250 500 250
BF8M1015MC P ≤ 400 kW - - 500 250 500 250
BF6M1015MC P > 300 kW - - - - 500 250
BF8M1015MC P > 400 kW - - - - 500 250
* Gensets as referred to here are units operating in parallel with the mains / with each other. Emergency power units are dealt with in TC 0199-99-1126.
6.1.1.1 Lube oil change intervals for industrial and marine engines
6.1 Lubrication System Service and Maintenance
6Av
erag
e sp
eed
in k
m/h
app
rox.
]
Service and Maintenance 6.1 Lubrication System
Lubeoil-qualityDeutz lube oil quality class DQC I DQC II DQC IIIACEA-specification E2-96 E3-96/E5-02 E4-99API-specification CF/CF-4 CG-4/CH-4 -worldwide specification - DHD-1 -special DEUTZ release - - Enclosure 4.1.2.1
Application Engine version Lube oil change intervals in kmSite vehicles/ 25 1015 Euro I, except for - 15 000 20 000city busses 1015CP Euro II - - 20 000Local traffic 40 1015 Euro I, except for - 20 000 30 000
1015CP Euro II - - 30 000Long distance 60 1015 Euro I, except for - 50 000 40 000traffic 1015CP Euro II - - 60 000
If, for vehicle engines, lube oil change intervals are determined by operating hours, the lube oil change intervals indicated in table 4.1. for “Oil useunder normal duty” will apply.
6.1.1.2Oil change intervals for vehicle engines
6
26 023 0 26 022 0 25 729 0
Be careful when draining hot oil – dangerof scalds! Do not let used oil run into thesoil but catch it in a container ready for
6.1 Lubrication System Service and Maintenance
6.1.2 Checking Oil Level /Changing Engine Oil
6.1.2.1 Checking Oil Level 6.1.2.2 Engine Oil Change
Ensure that the engine or vehicle is on a levelsurface.
Allow the engine to warm up– Lube oil temperature approx. 80°C.
Switch off the engine.
Place oil tray under the engine. Unscrew drain plug. Drain oil. Fit oil drain plug, with the new gasket and tighten
firmly (for torque, see 9.2). Fill with lube oil.
– For grade / viscosity, see 4.1– For quantity, see 9.1
Check oil level, see 6.1.2.1
Ensure that the engine or vehicle is on a levelsurface.
Immediately before the oil level is measured, theengine should should be driven at low idlingspeed for approx. 2 minutes.
Switch off the engine. Pull out the oil dipstick. Wipe off with a non-fibrous, clean cloth. Insert up to the stop and pull out again. Check the oil level and if necessary fill up to the
“MAX” level.– If the oil level is just above the “MIN” marking,
extra oil must be added.
!The oil level must not fall below the “MIN” marking.
6
25881 0 25882 025880 0
6.1.3 Renewing Oil Filter
With fitted torsion lock:Loosen screws and slide clamps downwards.
Undo the oil filter cartridge with commercialtool and spin off.
Catch any escaping oil.
Clean sealing surface of the filter carrier ifnecessary.
Lightly oil the rubber gasket of the new oil filtercartridge.
Screw in the new cartridge finger tight againstthe gasket.
Tighten oil filter cartridge tightly by giving a fi-nal half turn.
If a torsion lock is fitted, slide clamps up intoposition and tighten screws.
Check oil level, see 6.1.2.
Check oil pressure, see 3.3.1.
Check sealing of oil filter cartridge for leaks.
Beware of hot oil:Danger of scalding!!
Service and Maintenance 6.1 Lubrication System
6
25880 0 25881 0 25882 0
Close fuel stopcock.
Undo fuel filter cartridge with commercial tooland spin off.
Catch any escaping fuel.
Clean sealing surface of filter carrier ifnecessary.
Apply light film of oil or diesel fuel to rubbergasket of new fuel filter cartridge.
Screw in the cartridge finger tight against thegasket.
Tighten fuel filter cartridge firmly.
Open fuel stopcock.
Check for leaks.
!When working on the fuel system,keep open flames away!Do not smoke!
6.2.1 Renewing Fuel Filter
6.2 Fuel System Service and Maintenance
Bleeding of the fuel system is not necessary.
6
Service and Maintenance 6.2 Fuel System
© 31 891 0
1
57
3
2
3
46
6.2.2 Replace fuel oil leak line
Close the fuel shut-off valve. Remove valve cover. Loosen and remove banjo bolts 7. Remove rubber hoses 1, 3, 4, unions 2 and O-
rings 6 and dispose of in accordance with envi-ronmental regulations; banjo union 5 and banjobolt 7 can be re-used.
Connect new oil leak line (complete) with banjounion 5 to rubber hoses.Fasten oil leak line using existing banjo bolt 7 andtwo new O-rings 6.
Re-fit valve cover. Open fuel shut-off valve. Check for leaks after start-up.
6.2.3 Fuel Pre-filter ElementClean/Replace if necessary
Clean (purge) - remove water: Turn off engine or, in the case of a change-
over filter, switch over to the other filter. Close the fuel stopcock or supply. (if
available) Open the bleed screw 1 on the cover 2 Place the fuel collector underneath the fuel
pre-filter. Empty water and dirt from the bowl 6 by
opening (press in and turn slightly withoutusing force) the drain cock 8 and close thedrain cock 8 again
Close the bleed screw 1 on the cover 2 again Bleed the fuel pipe according to instructions,
see 6.2.5 opposite
Changing the filter element 5:Change at least once a year or as required(drop in performance also after purging) Turn off the engine or switch to other filter in
case of changeover filter Close the fuel stopcock or supply (if available) Loosen the cover screws 3 diagonally Remove the cover 2 Remove the spring cassette 4 Remove the filter element 5 from the bracket Insert new filter element 5 Place spring cassette 4 on the element Check that the cover seal is fit properly in the
cover 2 and check for damage (change ifnecessary)
Tighten the cover 2 with the screws 3diagonally (torque 6 Nm)
Check the cover 2 for proper fit and leaks Bleed the fuel system, see 6.2.3.
Naked flames are prohibitedwhen working on the fuelsystem! Do not smoke!Dispose of old fuel in an environ-mentally friendly way!
The connection of a warning system(lamp/horn) via contacts 7 is specified.
Immediate maintenance is necessary whenthe warning system is triggered.
© 31 811 2
6
33 545 0
6.3.3 Filling / Bleeding CoolingSystem
6.3.2 Draining Cooling System6.3.1 Cleaning Intervals
The degree of soiling of the cooler units isdependent on the type of engine application.
The danger of soiling is increased due toresidues of oil and fuel on the engine. Checkextra carefully, therefore, for leakages whenapplications involve high dust fallout.
More severe soiling can occur, e.g. in the caseof:– Construction site application due to heavily
dust-laden air.
In view of the varying conditions of application,the cleaning intervals must be determined fromcase to case. The cleaning intervals stated inthe table can be taken as guide values.
Place tray under drain plug 1. Remove drain plug 1 and sealing ring below
coolant inlet. Drain coolant. Filling / bleeding as under 6.3.3 Screw on drain plug 1 with new sealing ring
and tighten (see 9.2). Check for leaks.
Fill with coolant and bleed cooling systemaccording to manufacturer’s instructions.
Checking / Cleaning IntervalsEngine Application
2000 Ships, gensets in enclosedspaces, pumps
1000 Vehicles on paved roads
500 Mobile gensets
250 Vehicles on construction sites andunpaved roads, Constructionequipment, compressors, under-ground mining equipment
125 Farm equipment
Guide Values(RH)
6.3 Cooling System Service and Maintenance
Be careful when draining hotcoolant. Danger of scalding!Catch drained coolant and disposeof in accordance with anti-pollution regulations!
!
6
Clean only with engine stationary
12
34
12
34A
B
1
43
21
43
21B
A
1
6.3.4 Cleaning engine- with compressed air
Blow compressed air onto engineWash out loosened dirt particles from V-spacewith water jet.
Make sure that drain holes 1 of V-space are free.
26 454 1 26 455 0
Let engine run up to operating temperatureafter each wet-cleaning procedure allowingany remaining water to evaporate, thusavoiding corrosion.
- with cold cleaning agent
Spray engine with commercial cold cleansingagent and let stand for about 10 min.
Then spray clean with strong water jet (do notspray water directly onto sensitive componentssuch as alternator, starter, wiring, electroniccomponents).
Make sure that drain holes 1 of V-space are free.
!
6.3 Cooling System Service and Maintenance
6
25885 1
6.4.1 Cleaning Intervals
The degree of soiling of the combustion aircleaner depends on the amount of dustcontained in the air and the size of the filterused. If very dusty air is to be expected, acyclone-type precleaner can be fitted to the aircleaner.
Consequently, the cleaning intervals cannot befixed generally, but have to be determined fromcase to case.
When a dry-type air cleaner is used, when indi-cated by the service indicator or switch.
Air cleaner servicing is needed when :– Service Indicator
the red sector 1 is fully visible when theengine is off.
– Service Switchthe yellow pilot light comes on when theengine is running.
After having carried out service work, reset thesignal by pressing the button of the serviceindicator. The service indicator is ready toresume its function.
Service and Maintenance 6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner
6
25888 1 25889 0
6.4.2 Dry-Type Air Cleaner
Dust Discharge Valve Filter Cartridge
Empty dust discharge valve 1 by pressing apartlips of discharge slot as indicated by thearrows.
Clean discharge slot from time to time.
Remove any caked dirt by pressing togetherthe upper section of the valve.
Release fastening clamps 1.
Take off hood 2 and remove cartridge 3.
Clean cartridge, replace at least once a year.
Clean cartridge 3:– blow through with dry compressed air (max.
5 bar) from inside to outside, or– in difficult cases, tap out, taking care not to
damage the cartridge, or– wash out according to manufacturer’s
instructions.
Check cartridge for damage to filter paper (byshining the paper through with a light), andinspect sealing element. Renew if necessaray.
After having serviced the filter cartridge fivetimes, or after two years at the latest, renewsafety cartridge 4 (never clean!).To do this, proceed as follows:– Undo hex. nut 5 and remove cartridge 4.– Insert new cartridge, insert and tighten hex.
nut.
Install cartridge 3, place hood 2 back inposition and secure fastening clamps 1.
!Never clean filter cartridge withpetrol (gasoline) or hot liquids!
6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner Service and Maintenance
6
25887 025886 0
!
6.4.3 Emptying Cyclone-TypePrecleaner
Undo wing nut 1 and remove cover 2.
Remove collector bowl 3 from lower section 4and empty. Remove leaves, straw and otherforeign matter from lower section ofprecleaner.
Reposition collector bowl 3 onto lower section4, fasten cover 2 in place by tightening wingnut 1.
Turn engine off and wait about 10 minutes forthe oil to drain from filter housing 1.
Release snap clips 2 and remove oil cup 3together with filter element 4. If necessary,press element out with a screwdriver, takingcare not to damage rubber gasket 5.
Remove dirty oil and sludge. Clean oil cup.
Clean filter element 4 in diesel fuel and allow todrip-dry.
Clean filter housing 1 if very dirty.
Inspect and replace rubber gaskets 5 and 6 ifnecessary.
Never clean air cleaner with petrol(gasoline)!Dispose of old oil in accorrdancewith anti-pollution regulations!
6.4.4 Cleaning Oil Bath Air Cleaner
Service and Maintenance 6.4 Combustion Air Cleaner
Fill oil cup with engine oil up to the mark(arrow) (for viscosity, see 4.1.2).
Refit oil cup and element to filter housing andsecure with snap clips.
6
26 261 126 403 0 25 997 0
!
6.5.1 Checking Alternator V-Belt
Checking
Inspect entire V-belt for damage
Renew damaged V-belts.
After installing new belts, run engine for 15minutes, then check belt tension.
Use a belt tension gauge (see 9.3) to check belttension.– Place indicator arm 1 into gauge.– Position gauge on V-belt 2, midway between
the pulleys, with flange 3 on bottom ofgauge against the edge of belt.
– Press slowly on the black pad 4 at rightangles to belt 2 until the spring is heard orfelt to trigger.
– Carefully remove the gauge without alteringthe position of the indicator arm 1.
– Read off the value: Turn the gauge sidewaysto see the exact spot where the top of theblack indicator arm 1 intersects scale 5(arrow). For settings, see 9.1.
– If necessary, retension belt and measureagain.
Check / retension and renew V-belts only with the engine off. Refitbelt guard, if provided.
6.5.2 Retensioning / RenewingAlternator V-Belt
Retensioning
Slacken hex. bolts 1, 2 and 3.
Turn lock nut 2 in direction A until correct V-belt tension is attained.
Tighten bolts 1, 2 and 3.
6.5 Belt Drives Service and Maintenance
6
25 998 0
Renewing
Slacken hex. bolts 1, 2 and 3.
Turn lock nut 2 in direction B as far as it will go.Now the new V-belt can be easily placed inposition.
Tighten bolts 1, 2 and 3 until correct V-belttension is attained (see Section 6.5.1).
Service and Maintenance 6.5 Belt Drives
6
12
326 406 0 26 404 0
EX IN2
1
2
1
33
6.6.1 Checking / Adjusting ValveClearances
Before adjusting valve clearance, allow engineto cool down for at least 30 minutes. The oiltemperature should be below 80 °C (176 °F).
Position crankshaft as per schematic, see6.6.1.1.
Slacken bolts 1.
Remove rocker cover 2 together with gasket 3.
Check valve clearance 1 between rocker arm/tappet contact face 2 and valve stem 3 withfeeler gauge (there should only be a slightresistance when feeler blade is inserted).For permissible valve clearance, see 9.1.
6.6 Adjustments Service and Maintenance
6
26 405 0
EX
IN
EX
IN7
6
54
If necessary, adjust valve clearance as follows:– Loosen lock nut 4 using wrench 7.– Adjust set screw 5 by means of screwdriver
6 in such a manner that with lock nut 4tightened (wrench), the correct valveclearance 1 is attained.
Check the valve clearances at each of theremaining cylinders and adjust if necessary.
Refit rocker cover (together with new gasket ifnecessary).
Service and Maintenance 6.6 Adjustments
6
Firing Order BF6M 1015: Firing Order BF8M 1015:A1 – B3 – A3 – B2 – A2 – B1 A1 – B4 – A4 – B1 – B3 – A3 – B2 – A2
6.6.1.1 Valve Clearance Adjustment Schematic
Sequence 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Valve overlap A1 B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 B4 A4 B1 B3 A3 B2 A2
Adjusting B2 A2 B1 A1 B3 A3 B3 A3 B2 A2 A1 B4 A4 B1
6.6 Adjustments Service and Maintenance
6
26 407 0
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
A4
B4
A1 A2 A3
B1 B2 B3
A4
B4
AdjustmentTurn crankshaft according to sequence shownin the diagram (starting with cyl. 1).The valves of the relevant cylinder overlap,marked in white, (exhaust valves about toclose, inlet valves about to open). Adjustclearance of valves, marked in black,according to schematic. Mark the respectiverocker arm with chalk to show that theadjustment has been done.
Service and Maintenance 6.6 Adjustments
6
25895 0 24232 3 25896 0
6.7.1 Battery6.7.1.1 Checking Battery and Cable
Connections6.7.1.2 Checking Electrolyte Level 6.7.1.3 Checking Specific Gravity of
Electrolyte
Keep battery clean and dry.
Undo soiled terminals.
Clean battery plus and minus poles andterminals and apply a film of acid-free and acid-resistant grease.
When reconnecting, ensure good contact ofterminals. Fasten clamping bolts finger tight.
Remove cell caps 1.
If electrolyte test elements 2 are fitted:The level should be high enough to wet thebottom of these.
If no such elements are provided :Check to make sure that the level is 10-15 mmabove the top edge of the plates.
Top up with distilled water if necessary.
Fit cell caps back in position.
Measure the specific gravity of the individualcells with a commercial hydrometer.The measured values (see adjacent table)indicate the state of charge of the battery.During the measurement, the temperature ofthe electrolyte should preferably read 20 °C.
6.7 Accessories Service and Maintenance
6
Specific Gravity
in [kg/l] in [°Bé (degrees Baumé) *] State of Charge
Normal Tropics Normal Tropics
1.28 1.23 32 27 Fully charged
1.20 1.12 24 16 Half charged, recharge
1.12 1.08 16 11 Discharged, charge up immediately
* Measurement of the specific gravity in °Bé (de-grees Baumé) is obsolete and rarely used today.
The gases emitted by the batteryare explosive! Avoid formation ofsparks in the vicinity of battery,keep away any open flames!Do not allow acid to come intocontact with skin or clothing!
Wear protective goggles!Do not place tools on battery!
!
Service and Maintenance 6.7 Accessories
6
Notes on the three-phase system:
When the engine is running, never disconnectthe cables between battery, alternator andregulator.
Where it is, however, necessary, to start andoperate the engine without battery, disconnectthe regulator from the alternator beforestarting.
Be sure not to confuse the battery terminals.
Renew a defective charging pilot light bulbimmediately.
Engine cleaning: Do not spray with water/steam jet directly against alternator!Warm up engine to allow water residues toevaporate.
Do no loosen connecting cable between batteryand alternator during engine operation.
The habit of touching a lead against frame tocheck whether it is live must under nocircumstances be applied with a three-phaseelectric system.
In case of electric welding, connect the earthterminal of the welding unit direct to the part tobe welded.
26 409 0 26 410 0
For transporting the engine, always use theproper lifting tackle.
Remove lifting tackle.– Do not start engine with lifting tackle fitted.
Always use the proper liftingtackle!!
6.7.2 Three-Phase Alternator 6.7.3 Lifting Tackle
6.7 Accessories Service and Maintenance
1
2
6
7
Troubleshooting
7.1 Diagnosis Chart
7
Troubleshooting 7.1 Diagnosis Chart
If engine problems occur, they frequently havetheir cause in improper operation ormaintenance of the engine.
So, in case of trouble, always check firstwhether the operating and maintenanceinstructions have been observed.
A helpful Diagnosis Chart is to be found on theopposite page.
If you cannot identify the cause of the troubleor are unable to rectify it yourself, contact yourservice representative.
Before starting, make sure thatnobody is standing in theimmediate vicinity of the engine ordriven machine.After repairs :
Important: Never start engine with the speedgovernor removed.Disconnect battery terminals!
!
7
PPPPSP / EP / EP / WPPP / WP / RP / RP / RPP
Causes SectionNot declutched (declutch where possible) OperationBelow start limit temperatureEngine shutdown lever still in stop position (shutdown solenoid defective)Oil level too highOil level too lowExcessive inclination of engineSpeed control lever set to middle positionDirty air cleaner / defective turbocharger Combustion AirAir cleaner service switch/indicator defectiveLDA* defective (leaking line)Charge air pipe leakingCoolant pump defective Cooling SystemCharge air cooler dirtyCoolant heat exchanger dirtyCoolant thermostat does not openBattery defective or discharged Electrics
* LDA = manifold pressure compensator Table 1 of 2
Troubles Remedial MeasureEngine fails (or difficult) to start Check P
Engine starts, but runs unevenly or stalls Adjust EEngine becomes too hot, temperature monitor gives warning (coolant) Renew W
Engine gives poor performance Clean REngine not working on all cylinders Top up A
Engine has little or no oil pressure Lower level SEngine oil consumption excessive Bleed L
Engine smokes – blue– white– black
7.1 Diagnosis Chart Troubleshooting
7
Troubleshooting 7.1 Diagnosis Chart
PPEPP / RPP / WP / LP/R/WWP / WP / A
Causes SectionCable connection to starter loose or oxidized ElectricsStarter defective or pinion does not engageIncorrect valve clearance EngineLeaking injection lineVent pipe clogged (coolant heat exchanger)Flame-type heater plug system defectiveInjector defectiveAir in fuel system (lack of fuel)Fuel filter / prefilter contaminateIncorrect lube oil SAE class or quality grade Operating MediaFuel quality grade not corresponding to specification under 4.2.1Lack of coolant
Troubles Remedial MeasureEngine fails (or difficult) to start Check P
Engine starts, but runs unevenly or stalls Adjust EEngine becomes too hot, temperature monitor gives warning Renew W
Engine gives poor performance Clean REngine not working on all cylinders Top up A
Engine has little or no oil pressure Lower Level SEngine oil consumption excessive Bleed L
Engine smokes – blue– white– black
8
Engine Preservation
8.1 Preservation
8
Engine Preservation 8.1 Preservation
26 408 012
3
4
If the engine is to be shut down for an extendedperiod, it is necessary to take preservationmeasures to prevent rust formation. Thepreservation measures described here will protectthe engine for a period of up to about 6 months.Before reusing the engine, the preservatives mustbe removed,.
Anti-corrosion oils to Specification:– MIL-L 21260B– TL 9150-037/2– Nato Code C 640 / 642
Recommended cleansing agent for removingpreservatives:– Petroleum benzine (hazardous materials
class A3)
Preserving the Engine: Clean engine (in case of need with cold
cleansing agent).Clean cooling system according tomanufacturer’s instructions.
Run engine until warm and stop. Drain engine oil, see 6.1.2, and fill in anti-
corrosion oil. Drain coolant, see 6.3.3. Fill in anti-corrosion agent, see 4.3.3. Clean oil bath air cleaner, if provided, see 6.4.3,
and fill in anti-corrosion oil. Drain fuel from tank. Prepare a mixture of 90% diesel fuel and 10%
anti-corrosion oil and fill up tank.
Run engine for about 10 minutes.
Stop engine.
Turn engine several times by hand.When turning engine with starter, moveshutdown lever to stop position.
Remove V-belt 2 and store in wrappedcondition.
Spray grooves of V-belt pulleys with anti-corrosion agent.
Close coolant inlet and outlet openings 3 andair intake opening 4.
Close exhaust discharge opening.
8.1 Preservation
Drain off anti-corrosion agent, see 6.3.3.
Removing Engine Preservatives:
Remove anti-corrosion agent from the groovesof the V-belt pulleys.
Fit V-belt 2. Retension, if necessary, after shortperiod of operation, see 6.5.
Remove plugs 1, 3 and 4 and plug fromexhaust discharge opening.
Fill in coolant according to instructions ofradiator manufacturer.
Start up engine.
9
Specification Data
9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings9.2 Torque Wrench Settings9.3 Tools
9
Number of cylinders 6 8 6 8Cylinder arrangement 90° Vee-angleBore [mm] 132Stroke [mm] 145Total displacement [cm3] 11906 15874 11906 15874Compression ratio [ε] 17Working cycle / combustion system 4-stroke TC engine/direct injectionDirection of rotation counter-clockwise
Weight incl. cooling system [approx. kg] Consult headquartersWeight w/o cooling system acc. to DIN 70020-A [approx. kg] 830 1060 830 1060Engine power [kW] 190-240 1) 250-320 1) 228-300 1) 304-400 1)
Speed [rpm] 1)Valve clearance, engine cold 5) [mm] inlet 0.25 + 0,1 / exhaust 0.3 + 0,1
Injector opening pressure [bar] 290 barCommencement of delivery [°CA BTDC] 1)Firing order 1-6-3-5-2-4 1-8-4-5-7-3-6-2 1-6-3-5-2-4 1-8-4-5-7-3-6-2
A1-B3-A3-B2-A2-B1 A1-B4-A4-B1-B3-A3-B2-A2 A1-B3-A3-B2-A2-B1 A1-B4-A4-B1-B3-A3-B2-A2
V-belt tension: tension / retension 2)Alternator 55 amperes [N] 450 / 200-350 ± 50
Alternator 120 amperes [N] 550 / 300-450 ± 50
Specification Data 9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings
1) Engine power, speed, commencement of delivery, etc. are stamped on the rating plate, see 2.1.2) Retension after running for 15 minutes under load.
Model 1015 BF6M 1015 BF8M 1015 BF6M 1015 C/ CP BF8M 1015 C / CP
9
Cooling system liquid-cooled / cooling system protectionCoolant quantity [approx. lit.] 17 + MFK* 21 + MFK* 17 + MFK* 21 + MFK*
Perm. cont. coolant temperature engine outlet [°C] max.103Temperature difference betweencoolant inlet / outlet [°C] max.5Thermostat starts opening at [°C] 87 ±2
Thermostat fully open from [°C] 102
Coolant pumpDelivery pressure in [bar] 4)Delivery rate in [m3/h] 22,5 4) 30 4) 22,5 4) 30 4)
Lubrication forced-feed lubricationSAE oil (see 4.1) 15 W 40Min. oil pressure with engine warm (120 °C)at low idle / rated speed [bar] 1,0Oil capacity (initial filling) without filter [approx. lit.] 34 3) 45 3) 34 3) 45 3)
Oil capacity (initial filling) engine-mounted filter [approx. lit.] 36* 3) 47* 3) 36* 3) 47* 3)
Oil capacity (initial filling), separate filter [approx. lit.] 38 3) 50 3) 38 3) 50 3)
9.1 Engine Specifications and Settings Specification Data
Model 1015 BF6M 1015 BF8M 1015 BF6M 1015 C/ CP# BF8M 1015 C// CP#
3) Approximate figures can vary depending on the design. Decisive is always the upper dipstick mark.4) 3 bar at engine speed n = 2100 rpm -15) see 6.1.1 (# only synthetic lube oil, see.4.1.2.1)* MFK Engine radiator
9
Rocker cover
Inspection Cover
Rocker arm setscrew
rigid mounting
flexible mounting
Air intake manifold
Exhaust manifold
Oil drain plug
Injector mounting
Injection line mounting
Oil pan
Oil filter cartridge
Coolant drain plug
Pin-type heater plugs / pipe union
Mount
Preloading [Nm] Tightening [° deg.]
1st 2nd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 4thStage Stage Stage Stage Stage Stage Stage
LocationTotal[Nm] Notes
22
22
20
106
21
61
100
60
25
24
27
38
4
30 45
Specification Data 9.2 Torque Wrench Settings
engine mountedor separate
9
26002 0
V-belt Tension Gauge
The V-belt tension gauge can be obtained underorder number 8115 + 8120 from:
Fa. WILBÄRPostfach 14 05 80D-42826 Remscheid
9.3 Tools Specification Data
Notes
en Warnings to Place on Equipment
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of itsconstituents are known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer, birthdefects, and other reproductive harm.
Warning in the Manual
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of itsconstituents are known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer, birthdefects, and other reproductive harm.
or
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are knownto the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, andother reproductive harm.
Notes
enCALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 INFORMATION
TO CALIFORNIA CUSTOMERS ANDTO CUSTOMERS SELLING DIESEL ENGINE EQUIPMENT INTO OR
FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA.
Proposition 65, a California law, requires warnings on products which expose individuals in California to chemicals listed under that law,including certain chemicals in diesel engine exhaust.
Obligations of Manufactures of Diesel-Powered Off-Road Equipment. The California Superior Court has approved either of the followingtwo methods of compliance with Proposition 65 requirements by manufactures of off-road equipment containing diesel engines. (The courtorder containing these provisions is attached.)
1. On-Equipment Warning. Place the warning pictured in attachment 1 on all equipment shipped by you into or for sale in California afterJanuary 1, 1996. The warning must be in a location where it is easily visible to the operator of the equipment when (s)he is operating theequipment. The warning must be secured to the equipment. If warnings or operating instructions are provided through a digital display,you may usee that method of providing warning.
2. Operator Manual Warning. When the operator manual is next revised or by December 31, 1995 whichever is earlier, place the warningin attachment 2 in the operator manual. The warning may be either printed in the manual or on a sticker.
The warning must appear in one of the following locations: Inside The front cover Inside the back cover Outside the front cover Outside the back cover As the first page of text
Under either alternative, the warning must appear in the same size, print and format as the attachment selected or be of an equally conspicuoussize and format. If the warning is provided in an on-screen display, the warning must contain the language in the attachment and must beprovided at the time of or in connection with ignition in the same manner as other safety warnings electronically communicated on screen.
Obligation of Resellers of Diesel Engines. This letter must accompany any loose diesel engine sold in California.Should you have any questions, please call Deutz Corporation Product Support Department.
9
Notes
10
Service
Knowing it’s DEUTZ
DEUTZ has always stood for excellence in motorconstruction, pioneering many developments inthe industry. As an independent motor manu-facturer, we offer — worldwide — a com-prehensive range of diesel and gas motorsspanning from 4kW to 7,400kW. Our products areperfectly tailored to meet our customers’ individualrequirements.
Over 1.4 million DEUTZ motors do their jobreliably all over the world. We are determined topreserve the high standard of performance anddependability of our motors, thus keeping ourcustomers satisfied at all times. Therefore we arerepresented worldwide through a network of highlycompetent service partners who will meet theneeds of our customers, wherever they are.
This is why DEUTZ is not only the name for motorswhich pack a lot of inventive genius. DEUTZ alsomeans reliable service and comprehensive supportto enhance your motor’s performance.
This index Sales & Service offers you an overviewof the DEUTZ partners in your vicinity, including theproducts for which they are responsible and therange of services provided. But even when no directproduct responsibility is mentioned, your DEUTZpartner will be happy to help you with expert advice.
The Index is constantly updated. Please ask yourDEUTZ service partner for the latest edition.
DEUTZ AG — at your service.
Order-No.: 0312 0806
Order-No.: 0312 0807 (CD-ROM)
DEUTZ AGDeutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 Köln
Phone: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
Obtainable from the local service Partner reponsiblefor you or from:
en
Ersatzteilliste
Spare Parts Catalogue
Catalogue de Pièces de Rechange
Lista de Piezas de Repuesto
1015
Rechts 1
© 20041
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
ErsatzteillisteSpare Parts CatalogueCatalogue de Pièces de RechangeLista de Piezas de RepuestoLista de peças sobresselentesListino parti di ricambioOnderdelenlijstReservdelslistaReservedelslisteVaraosaluetteloReservedelsliste
ETL 11.08.2004.p65 22.09.04, 13:531
0312 1887
1015
© 2004 2
ServiceSehr geehrter Kunde Motornummer
Bitte tragen Sie hier die Motornummer ein. Sieerleichtern hierdurch die Abwicklung bei Kun-dendienst-, Reparatur- und Ersatzteilfragen.
Gegenüber Darstellungen und Angaben dieserErsatzteilliste sind technische Änderungen, diezur Verbesserung der Motoren notwendig wer-den, vorbehalten. Nachdruck und Vervielfälti-gung jeglicher Art, auch auszugsweise, bedarfunserer schriftlichen Genehmigung.
de
Vorwort
die Motoren der Marke DEUTZ sind für ein breitesAnwendungsspektrum entwickelt. Dabei wirddurch ein umfangreiches Angebot von Variantensichergestellt, daß die jeweiligen speziellen An-forderungen erfüllt werden.
Ihr Motor ist dem Einbaufall entsprechend ausge-rüstet, das heißt nicht alle in dieser Ersatzteillistedargestellten Bauteile und Komponenten sind anIhrem Motor dargestellt.
Obwohl die Grafiken weitgehend nicht mit allenDetails dargestellt sind, können die einzelnenVarianten deutlich unterschieden werden, sodaß das für Ihren Motor relevante Ersatzteil leichtherauszufinden ist. Über Positions-, Baugrup-pen- und Motornummer wird in jedem Fall dasrichtige Ersatzteil ermittelt.
Bitte beachten Sie bei dieser Ersatzteilbestellungunsere Bestellhinweise (siehe nachfolgendeBeispielgrafiken), damit wir Ihnen schnell undzuverlässig die benötigten Ersatzteile in der je-weils dem letzten Änderungsstand entspre-chenden Ausführung liefern können.
Für Ihre Rückfragen stehen wir Ihnen gerneberatend zur Verfügung.
IhreDEUTZ AG
Seit jeher steht DEUTZ für bahnbrechende Ent-wicklungen im Motorenbau. Als unabhängigerMotorenhersteller bieten wir weltweit eine kom-plette Palette von Diesel- und Gasmotoren imLeistungsbereich von 4 bis 7.400 kW an. UnsereProdukte sind auf die Anforderungen unsererKunden perfekt zugeschnitten.
Weltweit verrichten mehr als 1,4 Millionen DEUTZMotoren zuverlässig ihren Dienst. Die Einsatz-bereitschaft unserer Motoren und damit dieZufriedenheit unserer Kunden wollen wir erhal-ten. Daher sind wir weltweit mit einem Netz vonkompetenten Partnern vertreten, dessen Dichteder regionalen Verteilung unserer Motoren ent-spricht.
So ist DEUTZ nicht nur der Name für Motoren mitErfindungsgeist. Sondern auch für ein komplet-tes Leistungspaket rund um den Motor und einenService, auf den Sie sich verlassen können.
Einen Überblick über die DEUTZ Partner in ihrerNähe, über deren Produkt-Zuständigkeiten undService-Leistungen. Aber auch wenn keine di-rekte Produkt-Zuständigkeit vermerkt ist, hilft Ih-nen der DEUTZ Partner mit kompetenter Beratungweiter.Ihre DEUTZ AG
Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 KölnTelefon: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
Händlerstempel
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 20043
DEUTZ Dieselmotoren
SERVICE
Wenden Sie sich bei Betriebsstörungen undErsatz-teilfragen an eine unserer zuständigenService-Vertretungen. Unser geschultes Fach-personal sorgt im Schadensfall für eine schnelleund fach-gerechte Instandsetzung unter Ver-wendung von Original DEUTZ Teilen.
Original DEUTZ Teile DEUTZ Austauschkomponenten
sind das Produkt jahrelanger Forschung undEntwicklung. Das dadurch gewonnene fundier-te know how in Verbindung mit hohen Qualitäts-anforderungen ist die Garantie für die Herstel-lung von Motoren mit langer Lebensdauer, hoherZuverlässigkeit und geringem Kraftstoffver-brauch. Es ist selbstverständlich, daß auch diehohen Anforderungen zum Schutz der Umwelterfüllt werden.
DEUTZ Austauschkomponentensind eine preiswerte Alternative.Selbst-verständlich gelten auch hierwie für Neuteile höchste Qualitäts-maß-stäbe. In Funktion und Zuver-
lässigkeit sind DEUTZ Austauschkomponentenden Original DEUTZ Teilen gleichwertig.
Asbest
Bei diesem Motor verwendeteDichtungen sind asbestfrei. Bitteverwenden Sie bei Wartungs-und Reparaturarbeiten entspre-chende Ersatzteile.
Vorwort
unterliegen den gleichen strengen Qualitätsan-forderungen wie die DEUTZ Motoren. Weiter-entwicklungen, zur Verbesserung der Motorenwerden selbstverständlich auch bei den Origi-nal DEUTZ Teilen eingeführt. Nur die Verwen-dung von nach neuesten Erkenntnissen gefer-tigten Original DEUTZ Teilen bietet die Gewähreinwandfreier Funktion und hoher Zuverlässig-keit.
Vorsicht bei laufendem Motor
Wartungsarbeiten oder Reparaturen nur bei ab-gestelltem Motor durchführen. Evtl. entfernteSchutzvorrichtungen nach Abschluß der Arbei-ten wieder montieren. Bei Arbeiten am laufen-den Motor soll die Arbeitskleidung fest anliegen.Nur bei abgestelltem Motor tanken. Motor nie ingeschlossenen Räümen laufen lassen– Vergiftungsgefahr.
de
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 4
Engine Serial No.
Please enter your engine serial no. here. This willfacilitate dealing with your questions concerningafter-sales service, repair and spare parts.
This Spare Parts Catalogue is subject to enginee-ring changes necessary for engine advance-ment. All rights reserved. No part of this publica-tion may be reprinted or reproduced in any form,without our prior permission in writing.
Dear Customer
Preface
en
Service
DEUTZ has always stood for excellence inengine construction, pioneering many develop-ments in the industry. As an independentenginemanufacturer, we offer - worldwide -acomprehensive range of diesel and gasengines spanning from 4kW to 7,400kW. Ourproducts are perfectly tailored to meet ourcustomers’ individual requirements.
Over 1.4 million DEUTZ engines do their job reliablydependability of our engines, thus keeping ourengines which pack a lot of inventive geniusengine's performance. Therefore we arerepresented worldwide through a network ofhighly competent service partners who will meetthe needs of our customers, wherever they are.This is why DEUTZ is not only the name for motorswhich pack a lot of inventive genius. DEUTZ alsomeans reliable service and comprehensivesupport to enhance your motor’s performance.An overview of the DEUTZ partners in yourarea,their product responsibilities and range ofservices provided. But even when no directproduct responsibility is mentioned, your DEUTZpartner will be happy to help you with expertadvice.
DEUTZ AG — at your service.Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 KölnPhone: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
DEUTZ engines are developed to meet therequirements of a wide range of applications. Anextensive program of variant options gives themtheir high flexibility.
Your engine is custom-made, i.e. specificallyequipped for your requirement, which meansthat not all of the components and assembliescontained in this catalogue are fitted to yourengine.
The greater part of the illustrations does not depictall details, and yet you will find it easy todifferentiate between versions and thus toidentify the parts pertaining to your engine model.Fig. Item No., Assembly Group No., Engine SerialNo. are the codes that infallibly lead to selectionordering hints (see graphic examples below).This allows speedy and reliable
When placing your order, please observe ourordering hints. This allow speedy and reliabledelivery of the required parts that are based onlatest engineering standards.
If there are any questions, please do not hesitateto contact us.
Sincerely,DEUTZ AG Dealer’s stamp
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 20045
DEUTZ Diesel Engines
SERVICE
In case of operational trouble with your equip-ment or queries about spare parts please contactyour nearest service dealership. Our skilledstaff of service exoerts will trace and remedyany defect quickly, using genuine DEUTZ parts.
Genuine DEUTZ Parts DEUTZ Exchange Components
are products based on long-standing researchand development. The profound know-howacquiredin conjunction with high quality requi-rements guarantee that engines leaving ourworks achieve a long life, high reliability andexcellent fuel economy. Naturally, they also attainbest ratings as regards environmentalprotection.
are a low-cost alternative. Ofcourse, they are subject to the samehigh quality requirements as newparts. And as regards functions and
reliability, DEUTZ exchange components equalgenuine DEUTZ parts.
Preface
are subject to equally stringent quality require-ments as the engines themselves. Impro-vements in engine design are guaranteed to fit thegenuine DEUTZ parts. To ensure that your enginewill retain its functions and high reliability, youshould use genuine DEUTZ parts only.
Beware of the Running Engine
Be sure to shut down the engine beforeperforming maintenance or repair work. Afterrepair, put back in place any removed panels andguards. When doing work on the running engine,working clothes should fit tightly so that looseends cannot get caught. Do not run the engine inenclosed rooms.- Danger of intoxication
en
Asbestos
Gaskets used for this engine do notcontain asbestos. Please use suit-able spare parts when carrying outmaintenance and repairs.
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 6
Numéro du moteur
Veuillez incrire ici le numéro du moteur. Vousfacilitez ainsi le règlement des questions duService après-vente ainsi que tous les problè-mes de réparation et de pièces de rechange.
Nous nous réservons le droit de procéder danscette liste de pièces détachées à toutesmodifications techniques utiles visant à améliorerla qualité des moteurs. Toute réimpression oureproduction du présent document, faite même àtitre exceptionnel, exige notre autorisation écrite.
Cher client,
Avant-propos
Service
f r
les moteurs de la marque DEUTZ ont étédéveloppés pour une gamme étendue d'appli-cations. Il existe un grand choix de variantesrépondant aux exigences spéciales demandéesdans chaque cas.
Votre moteur est équipé pour le cas d’applicationenvisagé, ce qui signifie que toutes les pièces etcomposants représentés dans ce catalogue depièces de rechange ne sont pas montés sur votremoteur.
Bien que les graphiques ne représentent pastous les détails, les variantes se distinguentnettement les unes des autres, si bien que voustrouverez sans problème la pièce de rechangecorrespondant à votre moteur. Les numéros deréférence, de l’organe et du moteur permettenten tous les cas de retrouver la pièce de rechangeque vous cherchez.
Lors de votre commande de pièces de rechangeveuillez respecter nos indications de com-mande, (cf. les tableaux graphiques suivants)afin que nous puissons vous fournir rapidementet sûrement les pièces de rechange demandéesdans la version correspondante réactualisée.
Nous restons à votre entière disposition pourtoute question complémentaire.
DEUTZ AG
DEUTZ est depuis toujours synonyme d’innovationdans le domaine de la construction de moteurs. Ennotre qualité de fabricant indépendant, nousoffrons une gamme complète de moteurs diesel età gaz d’une puissance de 4 à 7 400 kW dans lemonde entier. Nos produits son parfaitementadaptés aux exigences de nos clients.
Aujourd’hui, plus de 1,4 million de moteurs DEUTZtournent dans le monde entier. Notre doubleobjectif est d’assurer la fiabilité de nos moteurs etde garantir la satisfaction de nos clients. C’estpourquoi nous sommes repré-sentés aux quatrecoins de la planète par un réseau de partenairescompétents qui correspond à la répartitionrégionale de nos moteurs.
DEUTZ, ce n’est donc pas seulement une marqueinnovatrice de moteurs. C’est aussi une gammecomplète de services autour du moteur, c’est aussiun nom sur lequel vous pouvez toujours compter.
Voici un aperçu des concessionnaires DEUTZ lesplus proches et de leurs compétences techniqueset des services qu’ils vous offrent. Et même s’il n’estpas directement spécialisé dans le produit qui vousintéresse, votre partenaire DEUTZ pourra vousconseiller avec compétence.
Votre DEUTZ AG
Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 KölnTéléphone: 0049-221-822-0Téléfax: 0049-221-822-5304Téléx: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
Cachet du concessionnaire
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 20047
Les moteurs Diesel DEUTZ
SERVICE
En cas de panne d’exploitation et pour toutequestion relative à des pièces de rechangeveuillez vous adresser à notre point de serviceresponsable pour votre secteur. Notre per-sonnel qualifié assure une remise en état rapideet appropriée de votre moteur en n’utilisant quedes pièces d’origine DEUTZ.
Pièces de rechange DEUTZ Composants de rechange DEUTZ
sont le fruit de longues recherches et d’undéveloppment continu. Le solide savoir-faireainsi acquis conjugué à des exigences élevéesen matière de qualité est la garantie de fabricationde moteurs à longue durée de vie, haute fiabilitéet faible consommation en carburant. Il va de soique les moteurs doivent aussi respecter desexigences élevées en matière de protection del’environnement.
Les composants de rechangeDEUTZ sont une alternative. Làaussi, de même que pour lespièces neuves, on applique desnormes de qualité élevées. Du
point de vue fonctionnement et fiabilité lescomposants de rechange DEUTZ sont équi-valents aux pièces de rechange DEUTZ.
Amiante
Les joints utilisées pour cesmoteurs sont exempts d’amiante.Veuillez employer, lors des tra-vaux d'entretien et de réparation,les pièces de rechange corres-pondantes.
Avant-propos
Elles sonts soumises aux même niveaud’exigence de qualité que les moteurs DEUTZ.Toute progrès visant à améliorer les moteurs estnaturellement immédiatement adpoté pour lespièces d’orgine DEUTZ. Seule l’utilisation depièces d’origine DEUTZ d’origine fabriquéesselon des méthodes ultramodernes garantit unfonctionnement irréprochable et une hautefiabilité.
Précaution à prendre quandle moteur marche
N’effectuer les travaux d’entretien ou les répara-tions que lorsque le moteur est arrêté. A la fin destravaux, remonter les dispositifs de protectionayant été déposés. Lors de travaux à faire surle moteur en marche, les vêtements de travaildoivent bien coller au corps. Ne faire le plein quelorsque le moteur est arrêté. Ne jamais fairefonctionner les moteurs dans des locaux fermés.Danger d’asphyxie !
fr
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 8 es
No. de motor
Registre registrar en estas casillas el No. demotor. Así facilita la tramitación de cuestiones deservicio postventa, reparaciones y repuestos.
Nos reservamos el derecho de efectuar, frentea las representaciones e indicaciones de estaLista de repuestos, las modificaciones técnicasnecesarias para perfeccionar los motores. Parala reimpresión y reproducción en cualquier for-ma, también en la de extractos, se requierenuestra autorización por escrito.
Estimado cliente:
Prefacio
DEUTZ AGDeutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 KölnTéléfono: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
La confianza de saber que es DEUTZ
DEUTZ siempre ha estado a la vanguardia de laindustria de fabricación de motores. Como marcaindependiente, ofrecemos, a escala mundial,una gama muy completa de motores diesel y degas, con potencias comprendidas entre 4kW y7400kW. Nuestros productos están estudiadospara satisfacer plenamente las exigencias denuestros clientes.Más de 1.400.000 motores DEUTZ funcionan contoda fiabilidad en distintas partes del mundo.Estamos dispuestos a mantener la disponibilidadoperacional de nuestros motores y de este modola satisfacción de nuestros clientes. Por ello, esta-mos representados mundialmente por una red desocios competentes cuya proximidad y distribu-ción regional corresponde a nuestros motores.Así pues, DEUTZ no es tan sólo el nombre de unmotor fruto del genio creador. Sino también un pa-quete de servicios completo para el motor y unaasistencia técnica en la que puede Ud. confiar.Un resumen de los centros de DEUTZ máscercanos, los productos de los que se ocupa cadacentro y la gama de servicios disponibles. Peroincluso cuando no se mencione un productodeterminado, puede Ud. estar seguro que sucentro de asistencia DEUTZ tendrá mucho gustoen asesorarle y ayudarle en todo lo que pueda.
El registro se actualiza periódicamente. No dudeen solicitar la última edición a su centro deasistencia DEUTZ.
DEUTZ AGA su servicio.
Los motores de la marca DEUTZ se handesarrollado han desarrollado para una ampliagama de aplicaciones. Una extensa oferta devariantes garantiza que se cumplan lasexigencias especiales de cada caso.
Su motor se ha equipado de acuerdo con el casode montaje. Esto significa que en su motor noestán montados todos los componentesdescritos en esta lista de repuestos
Pese a que la mayoría de los gráficos no contienetodos los detalles, se pueden distinguir bien lasdiferentes variantes de modo que resulta fácilidentificar el repuesto corres-pondiente a sumotor. El repuesto correcto para cada caso sedetermina a través de los números de posición,de grupo constructivo y de motor.
Le rogamos que tenga en cuenta nuestrasindicaciones al confeccionar su pedido derepuestos para que le podamos suministrarrápida y eficazmente los repuestos requeridosen el modelo correspondiente al último estado demodificación.
En caso de dudas, estamos a su disposición paraasesorarle.
DEUTZ AGSello del distribuidor
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 20049 es
Motores diesel DEUTZ
SERVICE
En caso de anomalías en el funcionamiento ycuestiones sobre repuestos, diríjase a uno denuestros centros responsables del serviciotécnico a uno de nuestros Servicíos Oficioles.Nuestro personal especializado y cualificado seocupará de arreglar efecientemente y con rapi-dez cualquier desperfecto, utilizando repuestosoriginales DEUTZ.
Piezas originales de DEUTZ Componentes de recambio deDEUTZ
son el producto de trabajos de investigación ydesarrollo de muchos años. Los conocimientosfundamentados que se han ganado con ello juntocon las altas exigencias de calidad es la garantíade la fabricación de motores con una largadurabilidad, una alta eficacia y un bajo consumode combustible. Se sobreentiende que secumplen también las elevadas exigencias para laprotección del medioambiente.
Los componentes de recambiode DEUTZ constituyen unaalternativa económica frente apiezas originales de DEUTZ.Naturalmente rigen también aquí,
igual que para piezas nuevas, elevadísimas ex-igencias de calidad. Los componentes derecambio DEUTZ equivalen a las piezas origina-les de DEUTZ en cuanto a funcionamiento yfiabilidad.
Amianto
Las juntas utilizadas en estemotor están exentas de amianto(asbesto). Para trabajos de man-tenimiento y reparacion utilizar losrepuestos correspondientes.
Prefacio
están sometidas a las mismas exigencias decalidad rigurosas que los motores DEUTZ. Losavances para mejorar los motores se aplican deigual forma a las piezas originales de DEUTZ. Sóloel empleo de piezas originales de DEUTZ origina-les farbricados según los conocimientos másrecientes garantiza un funcionamiento correctoy alta fiabilidad.
Precaución con el motor en marcha
Realizar trabajos de mantenimiento o reparaciónúnicamente con el motor parado. Volver a montaruna vez terminados los trabajos los dispositivosde protección quitados eventualmente. En casode que se tengan que efectuar trabajos con elmotor en marcha, debe ajustarse bien la ropa detrabajo debe tocar al cuerpo para evitar acci-dentes. Suministrar combustible únicamente conel motor parado. No hacer funcionar nunca elmotor en locales cerrados – peligro de intoxica-ción.
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 10 pt
Número do motor
Indique aqui, por favor, o número do motor.Facilitará, com isso, o processamento com a as-sistência técnica, as reparações e as questõesde peças sobresselentes.
Reservamonos o direito proceder a alteraçõesde ordem técnica na representação e nos dadosdesta lista de peças sobresselentes que setornem neces-sárias para o aperfeiçoamentodos motores. Toda e qualquer reimpressão ereprodução, mesmo só em parte, requere anossa autorização por escrito.
Prezado cliente:
Prefácio
Serviços
Os motores da marca DEUTZ foram desenvol-vidos para um espectro de aplicação vasto.Assegura-se ao mesmo tempo cumprimento dasexigências particulares correspondentes atravésda ampla oferta de variantes.
O seu motor encontra-se equipado de acordocom o tipo de montagem, isto é, não estãoembutidas no mesmo todas as peças e partescomponentes representadas na sua lista depeças sobresselentes.
Embora os gráficos não se encontremamplamente representados com todos ospormenores, é possível distinguir claramentecada uma das variantes, de forma a en-contrar-se facilmente a peça sobresselentede importância para o seu motor. É possível,em todo o caso, verificar a devida peçasobresselente correcta.
Quanto ao pedido de peças sobresselentesqueira, por favor, observar as nossasinstruções para encomendas (veja os gráficosde exemplo que seguem), a fim de podermosfornecer-lhe rápida e seguramente as peçassobresselentes requeridas de acordo com acorrespondente versão à da última alteraçãoactualizada.
Estamos à sua inteira disposição para umaconselhamento no caso de quaisquer pedidode informação que nos dirigir.
A suaDEUTZAG
Desde sempre que a DEUTZ é responsável porprogressos revolucionários na construção demotores. Como fabricante independente demotores oferecemos em todo o mundo uma gamacompleta de motores a Diesel e a gás numa gamade potência de 4 a 7.400 kW. Os nossos produtossão desenvolvidos à medida das exigências dosnossos clientes.
Em todo o mundo mais de 1,4 milhões de motoresDEUTZ executam o seu serviço com eficácia.Queremos conservar a confiabilidade opera-cional dos nossos motores e, com ela asatisfação dos nossos clientes. É por este factoque estamos representados em todo o mundocom uma rede de competentes parceiros cujarepresentação corresponde à distribuição regio-nal dos nossos motores.Deste modo, a DEUTZ é não só o nome demotores com espírito inovativo, como também deum completo conjunto de serviços relacionadoso motor e de uma assistência técnica de perfeitaconfiança.Consulte a informação fornecida pelos parceirosDEUTZ da sua área, as suas competências deprodutos e prestações de serviços. E, mesmo naausência de um registo de competência deprodutos directo, qualquer parceiro DEUTZestaria disponível para dar o seu conselhocompetente.
A suaDeutz AG
Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 KölnTelefone: 0049-221-822-0Fax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
Carimbo do vendedor
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200411 pt
Os motores diesel DEUTZ
SERVIÇOS
No caso de avarias operacionais e de possíveisconsultas relacionadas com peças e partessobressalentes, queira dirigir-se a uma dasnossas representações autorizadas de serviço.O nosso pessoal técnico especializado procu-rará, em caso de uma avaria, proceder a umareparação rápida e tecnicamente competente,com a aplicação de peças originais DEUTZ.
Peças originais DEUTZ Componentes de substituição DEUTZ
são produto de longos anos de pesquisa edesenvolvimento. O „know how“ consolidadoassim adquirido constitui, aliado às grandesexigências de qualidade, a garantia para ofabrico de motores com uma vida útil longaelevada fiabilidade de serviço e um consumoreduzido de combustível.É evidente de igual modo, são respeitados oselevados requisitos de preservação do meioambiente.
Os Componentes de substituiçãoDEUTZ são uma alternativa econó-mica para as peças sobresselentesoriginais DEUTZ.Naturalmente que vigoram aqui, tal,
como para as peças novas, os padrões maiselevados de qualidade.Os Componentes de substituição DEUTZ sãoequivalentes na sua função e confiabilidade àspeças sobresselentes DEUTZ.
Amianto
As vedações utilizadas nestemotor são isentas de amianto.Utilizar, por favor, as correspen-dentes peças sobresselentesnos trabalhos de manutenção ereparação.
Prefácio
estão sujeitas às mesmas exigências severasde qualidade para os motores DEUTZ. Natural-mente que se introduzem aperfeiçoamentostambém nas peças originais DEUTZ para omelhoramento dos motores. Somente o empre-go de peças e partes originais fabricadas deacordo com os conhecimentos mais modernospoderá garantir um funcionamento perfeito e umelevado grau de fiabilidade.
Precaução com o motor emfuncionamento
Proceder aos trabalhos de manutenção e àsreparações apenas com o motor desligado.Depois de ter terminado os trabalhos é precisouma nova montagem de dispositivos protec-tores, eventualmente removidos. No caso deefectuar trabalhos com o motor em funciona-mento, o vestuário de trabalho deverá estar justoao corpo. Enchimento de combustível apenascom o motor desligado. Nunca se deve deixar omotor a trabalhar num recinto fechado, porqueexiste o perigo de intoxicação.
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 12 it
Numero del motore
Voglia annotare qui il numero del motore. Inquesto modo faciliterà il disbrigo in caso diquestioni relative all’assistenza tecnica, allariparazione ed ai pezzi di ricambio.
Rispetto all’illustrazione ed alle indicazioni diquesta lista dei pezzi di ricambio, ci si riservaquelle modifiche tecniche che sono necessarieper migliorare i motori. Per la ristampa e lariproduzione di qualsiasi tipo è necessaria lanostra autorizzazione scritta.
Egregio cliente,
Prefazione
DEUTZ: un nome che vuol direeccellenza!
DEUTZ, da sempre sinonimo di innovazione nelsettore della fabbricazione dei motori, è unfabbricante indipendente che offre sul mercatomondiale una gamma completa di motori dieseled a gas di potenza compresa fra 4 e 7400 kW.Noi forniamo prodotti perfettamente adatti allespecifiche esigenze dei nostri clienti.
Oggi, più di 1,4 milioni di motori DEUTZ sono inattività in tutto il mondo. Noi perseguiamo unduplice obiettivo: garantire la massima affidabilitàdei nostri prodotti e garantire un elevato livello disoddisfazione ai nostri clienti. Ecco perchéabbiamo istituito una rete mondiale di partner, la cuidensità è funzione diretta del numero di motoriin attività in ciascuna regione.
DEUTZ non è solamente un marchio innovatoredi motori, ma anche una gamma completa diservizi in grado di accentuare le lorocaratteristiche di affidabilità ed un nome su cuipotrete sempre contare.
Segue una panoramica dei partner DEUTZ vicinia voi, inclusa la gamma di servizi offerti e le famigliedi prodotti per cui essi possono assicurarvi unamanutenzione specializzata. Qualora nonpotessero fornirvi un aiuto diretto, potranno inogni caso consigliarvi con competenza.
Il Vostro DEUTZ AGDeutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 Köln
Telefono: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
i motori DEUTZ raffreddati ad agua sono stati svi-luppati per un ampio spettro d’uso. Grazie ad unavasta offerta di varianti viene garantito che verràfatto fronte alle rispettive esigenze particolari.
Il Suo motore è allestito secondo lo specifico casodi montaggio, vale a dire che non tutti gli elementied i componenti illustrati nel Suo listino dei pezzidi ricambio sono integrati nel Suo motore.
Nonostante i grafici non siano illustrati con tutti idettagli, si possono distinguere chiaramente lesingole varianti, così che è facile trovare confacilità il pezzo di ricambio importante per il Suomotore. In ogni caso verrà rilevato il pezzo diricambio giusto tramite numero di posizione, digruppo di assemblaggio e di motore.
Per l’ordinazione di pezzi di ricambio vogliaosservare le nostre indicazioni per l’ordina-zioneal fine di permetterci di fornirle in modo celere esicuro i pezzi di ricambio necessari nella relativaversione, conforme all’ultima modifica.
Siamo a Vs. completa disposizione per eventualichiarimenti.
SuaDEUTZ AG
Timbro del concessionario
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200413 it
I motori Diesel DEUTZ
SERVICE
In caso di avarie o richieste di ricambi, rivolgersiimmediatamente ai nostri Centri di Assistenzaautorizzati. Il nostro personale appositamenteaddestrato è a disposizione in caso di guasto perun intervento rapido, garantendo l'uso di ricambioriginali DEUTZ.
I pezzi di ricambio DEUTZ Componenti intercambiali DEUTZ
sono il prodotto di numerosi anni di ricerca esviluppo. Il solido know how così ottenuto incombinazione con elevate esigenze qualitative èla garanzia per la fabbricazione di motori aventilunga durata, elevata affidabilità ed un bassoconsumo di combustibile. E’naturale che si facciafronte anche alle elevate esigenze a favore dellaprotezione ambientale.
I componenti intercambiabili DEUTZsono un’alternativa economica aipezzi di ricambio originali.Naturalmente anche qui, come per ipezzi nuovi, valgono massimi criteri
qualitativi. I componenti intercambiablili DEUTZsono equivalenti ai pezzi di ricambio per ciò checoncerne il loro funzionamento ed affidabilità.
Prefazione
sono soggetti alle stesse severe esigenze quali-tative poste ai motori DEUTZ. I perfezionamentiatti a migliorare i motori vengono naturalmenteintrodotti anche per i pezzi di ricambio originali.Soltanto l’uso di pezzi di ricambio originali, fab-bricati secondo le più attuali conoscenze, offrela garanzia di un perfetto funzionamento e dielevata affidabilità.
Prudenza con il motore acceso
Eseguire i lavori di manutenzione o di riparazionesolo con motore spento. Al termine dei lavori ri-montare i dispositivi di sicurezza eventualmenteasportati. Per lavori da eseguire con il motore ac-ceso, l’abbigliamento da lavoro deve aderirebene al corpo. Fare rifornimento di combustibilesolo con motore spento. Non lasciare il motoreacceso in locali chiusi – pericolo di avvelena-mento.
Ambianto
Le guarnizioni utilizzate per questomotore sono esenti da amianto.Per i lavori di manutenzione edi riparazione fate uso degliappositi ricambi.
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 14
Motornummer:
Noteer hier het motornummer. Op die maniervereenvoudigt u de afhandeling van even-tuele klantenservice-, reparatie- en onder-delenkwesties.
Technische wijzigingen ten opzichte van detekeningen en gegevens in deze onder-delenlijst, die noodzakelijk zijn ter verbeteringvan de motoren, blijven voorbehouden. Hetnadrukken of kopiëren van deze gebruiks-aanwijzing of gedeelten ervan, in welke vormdan ook, is niet toegestaan zonder onzevoorafgaande schriftelijke toestemming.
Geachte klant,
Voorwoord
Service
nl
De motoren van het merk DEUTZ werdenontwikkeld voor een breed toepassings-spectrum. Door middel van een uitgebreidaanbod van varianten wordt er steeds weervoor gezorgd dat er aan de betreffendespecifieke eisen wordt voldaan.
Uw motor werd uitgerust in overeenstemmingmet de specifieke inbouwsituatie. Dat wil zeggendat uw motor niet al de onderdelen die in deze lijstwerden opgenomen bevat.
Hoewel de tekeningen in de meeste gevallen nietalle details bevatten, kunnen de verschillendeuitvoeringen duidelijk onderscheiden worden,zodat u het voor uw motor relevante onderdeelgemakkelijk kunt vinden. Met behulp van hetpositie-, het constructie- en het motornummerkunt u het juiste onderdeel in ieder geval bepalen.
Gelieve bij het bestellen van onderdelen rekeningte houden met onze bestelaanwijzingen (zieonderstaande voorbeeldtekeningen), zodat wiju de benodigde onderdelen snel en in hun juisteuitvoering kunnen leveren.
Voor nadere inlichtingen staan wij geheel te uwerbeschikking.
DEUTZ AG
Van oudsher staat de naam DEUTZ voorbaanbrekende ontwikkelingen op het gebied vande constructie van motoren. Als onafhankelijkemotorenfabrikant bieden wij wereldwijd eencompleet assortiment diesel- en gasmotoren meteen vermogen van 4 tot 7.400 kW. Onzeproducten zijn perfect afgestemd op de eisenvan onze klanten.
Wereldwijd vervullen ruim 1,4 miljoen DEUTZ-motoren hun taak op betrouwbare wijze. Wijwillen de bedrijfszekerheid van onze motoren, enop die manier ook de tevredenheid van onzeklanten, consolideren. Daarom zijn wij wereld-wijd vertegenwoordigd via een netwerk vancompetente dealers, waarvan de dichtheidovereenstemt met de regionale verspreiding vanonze motoren.
Zo staat DEUTZ niet alleen voor innovatievemotoren maar ook voor een compleetdienstenpakket rondom de motor en voor eenservice waar u steeds op kunt rekenen.
Er bestaat een overzicht van de DEUTZ-dealersin uw omgeving, van hun productverant-woordelijkheid en hun onderhoudsdiensten.Maar ook wanneer een bepaalde DEUTZ-dealeru niet rechtstreeks aan een bepaald product kanhelpen, zal hij u in ieder geval deskundig kunnenadviseren.
Uwe DEUTZ AG
Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 Köln
Tel.: 0049-221-822-0Fax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
Stempel handelaar
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200415
DEUTZ-dieselmotoren
SERVICE
In geval van storingen en met vragen omtrentreserveonderdelen kunt u terecht bij een vanonze service-vertegenwoordigingen. Ons ge-schoolde vakpersoneel zorgt in geval van scha-de of storingen voor een snelle en vakkundigereparatie met originele DEUTZ-onderdelen.
Originele DEUTZ-onderdelen Tweedehands DEUTZ-onderdelen
zijn het resultaat van vele jaren van onderzoek enontwikkeling. De daardoor verworven know-how staat samen met onze hoge kwaliteitseisengarant voor motoren met een lange levensduur,een hoge betrouwbaarheid en een laagbrandstofverbruik. En het spreekt vanzelf datonze dieselmotoren ook voldoen aan de hogeeisen inzake milieubescherming.
Tweedehands DEUTZ-onderdelenvormen een voordelig alternatiefvoor nieuwe originele onderdelen.Natuurlijk gelden ook hier zeer hoge
kwaliteitsnormen, net als bij nieuwe onderdelen.Inzake werking en betrouwbaarheid zijn tweede-hands DEUTZ-onderdelen gelijkwaardig aannieuwe onderdelen.
Asbest
De in deze motor gebruiktepakkingen zijn vrij van asbest.Gebruikt u bij onderhouds- enreparatiewerkzaamhedena.u.b. onderdelen van dezelfdekwaliteit.
Voorwoord
zijn onderworpen aan dezelfde strengekwaliteitseisen als de DEUTZ-motoren. Nieuweontwikkelingen ter verbetering van de motorenworden natuurlijk ook doorgevoerd op deoriginele DEUTZ-reserveonderdelen. Alleen hetgebruik van originele DEUTZ-onderdelen, die opbasis van de nieuwste inzichten worden ont-wikkeld, garandeert een onberispelijke werkingen een hoge betrouwbaarheid.
Voorzichtig bij draaiende motor
Onderhoudswerkzaamheden en reparatiesmogen alleen bij uitgeschakelde motor wordendoorgevoerd. Eventueel verwijderde bescherm-platen enz. moeten na de werkzaamhedenopnieuw worden gemonteerd. Bij werkzaam-heden aan draaiende motoren dient men nauwaansluitende werkkleding te dragen. Tank alleenbij uitgeschakelde motor. Laat de motor nooit ineen gesloten ruimte draaien wegens vergifti-gingsgevaar.
nl
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 16 sv
Motornumret:
Ange motornumret här. Därmed underlättar duhanteringen vid frågor som rör kundtjänst,reparationer eller reservdelar.
Vi förbehåller oss att göra tekniska ändringar,nödvändiga för att förbättra motorerna ytterligare,gentemot de bilder och uppgifter som finns i denhär reservdelslistan. Varje typ av kopiering ochmångfaldigande, även delar av den, kräver vårtskriftliga tillstånd.
Bäste kund,
Förord
Service
Deutz motorer har utvecklats för att täcka ett brettanvändningsområde. Tack vare ett omfattandeutbud av varianter säkerställs att alla speciellakrav uppfylls.
Din motor är alltid rätt utrustad inför monteringen,vilket i praktiken innebär att vissa av de delar ochkomponenter som finns i den här reservdelslistaninte finns i din motor.
Trots att inte alla detaljer visas på ritningarna, ärdet enkelt att skilja på de olika varianterna. Därmedär det lätt att hitta den reservdel som passar till justdin motor. Den korrekta reservdelen fastställs viapositionsnummer, modulnummer och motor-nummer.
Beakta våra beställningsanvisningar vid beställningav reservdelar (se nedanstående exempel), såatt vi snabbt och tillförlitligt kan leverera denödvändiga reservdelarna i det utförande sommotsvarar den senaste ändringsstatusen.
Vi hjälper gärna till om du har några frågor.
Din
DEUTZ AG
Sedan lång tid tillbaka står DEUTZ förbanbrytande utveckling inom motorbyggnad.Som oberoende motortillverkare erbjuder vi ettkomplett sortiment av diesel- och gasmotorer ieffektområdet 4 kW till 7 400 kW över hela världen.Våra produkter är perfekt utformade för att klarade krav som våra kunder ställer.
I hela världen arbetar mer än 1,4 miljoner DEUTZ-motorer på ett tillförlitligt sätt. Vi vill behålla våramotorers funktionssäkerhet och därmed vårakunders belåtenhet. Därför representeras viglobalt av kompetenta partner, vars koncen-tration motsvarar den regionala fördelningen.
Därmed står namnet DEUTZ inte bara förinnovativa motorer utan även för ett kompletttjänstepaket som rör motorerna och en servicesom du kan lita på.
Här får du en överblick över DEUTZ partner i dinnärhet och om deras produktansvar och service.Även om det inte finns något direkt produkt-ansvar, så hjälper DEUTZ partner ändå till medkompetent rådgivning.
DinDEUTZ AGDeutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 Köln
Telefon: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
Återförsäljarens stämpel
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200417 sv © 2000
DEUTZ-dieselmotorer
SERVICE
Vänd dig till någon av våra servicerepresen-tanter vid driftstörningar och frågor som rörreservdelar. Våra utbildade fackmän reparerarmotorn snabbt och korrekt med hjälp av DEUTZoriginaldelar.
DEUTZ originaldelar DEUTZ Utbyteskomponenter
Detta är en produkt som krävt många årsforskning och utveckling. Den därigenom upp-byggda kunskapen utgör, i förbindelse med högakvalitetskrav, en garanti för tillverkning av motorermed lång livslängd, hög tillförlitlighet och lågbränsleförbrukning. Det är självklart att även dehöga kraven beträffande miljöskydd uppfylls.
DEUTZ Utbyteskomponenter utgörett prisvärt alternativ. Naturligtvisgäller även här högsta kvalitetskrav,precis som på nya delar. När detgäller funktion och tillförlitlighet är
DEUTZ utbyteskomponenter likvärdiga medDEUTZ originaldelar.
Förord
Dessa underkastas samma hårda kvalitetskravsom DEUTZ-motorerna. Vidareutvecklingar föratt förbättra motorerna införs naturligtvis ävenbeträffande DEUTZ originaldelar. Endast vid an-vändning av DEUTZ originaldelar, som tillverkatsenligt den senaste kunskapen, går det att garan-tera felfri funktion och hög tillförlitlighet.
Var försiktig när motorn går
Utför underhållsarbeten och reparationer endastnär motorn är avstängd. Sätt tillbaka eventuelltborttagna skyddsanordningar efter att arbetethar avslutats. Om arbete måste utföras medanmotorn går, så ska arbetskläderna sitta tätt motkroppen. Låt aldrig en motor gå i ett slutet rum - detfinns då risk för förgiftning.
Asbest
De tätningar som används i denhär motorn är asbestfria. Användendast sådana reservdelar vidunderhållsarbeten och reparatio-ner.
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 18 da
Motornummer
Notér motornummeret her. Derved lettes afvik-lingen i forbindelse med service-værksted, repara-tion og bestilling af reservedele.
Ret til tekniske ændringer, som bliver nødvendigetil forbedring af motorerne, forbeholdes.Eftertryk og mangfoldiggørelse af enhver art,også i uddrag, kun tilladt med vores skriftligesamtykke.
Kære kunde!
Forord
Service
Fra tidernes morgen har DEUTZ væretensbetydende med banebrydende udviklingerinden for fremstillingen af motorer. Som uaf-hængig motorfabrikant tilbyder vi over heleverden et komplet spektrum af diesel- og gas-motorer med en effekt på 4 til 7.400 kW. Voreprodukter er perfekt skræddersyet efter vorekunders behov.
Over hele verden udretter mere end 1,4 millionerDEUTZ-motorer deres arbejde til alles tilfreds-0hed. Vi ønsker at bevare vore motorersanvendelsesberedskab og dermed også vorekunders tilfredshed. Derfor er vi over hele verdenrepræsenteret af et helt net af kompetentepartnere, hvis tæthed svarer til vore motorersregionale fordeling.
Således er DEUTZ ikke kun navnet på motorer tilstadig nye opgaver, men også på en kompletservicepakke med hensyn til alt, hvad der har medmotorer at gøre, og med en service, De kan stolepå.
Over disses produkt-kompetancer og service-ydelser. Men selvom der ikke direkte er angivetnogen produkt-kompetance, hjælper DEUTZ-partneren Dem videre med en kompetentrådgivning.
Deres DEUTZ AGDeutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 KölnTelefon: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
De væskekølede motorer fra firmaet DEUTZ erudvik-let til et bredt anvendelsesspektrum.Derved sikres det på grund af det omfattendeudbud af varianter, at de individuelle speciellekrav kan opfyldes.
Deres motor er udstyret, så den svarer tilbrugstilfældet; d.v.s. at ikke alle elementer ogkomponenter, som er afbildet i denne reserve-delsliste, er monteret på Deres motor.
Selv om de grafiske afbildninger ikke kan visesmed alle detaljer, kan man tydeligt se forskel på deenkelte varianter, så De let kan finde dereservedele, som er relevante til Deres motor.Ved hjælp of positions-, type- og motor-nummeret kan man altid finde frem til den rigtigereservedel.
Første gang De bestiller reservedele, bedes Debemærke vore bestillingshenvisninger, så vihurtigt og korrekt kan finde frem til de nødvendigereservedele i den udførelse, som svarer til dennyeste ændringstilstand.
Vi står gerne til rådighed, hvis De har spørgsmål.
DeresDEUTZ AG Forhandlerens stempel
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200419 da
DEUTZ-dieselmotorer
SERVICE
I tilfælde af driftsforstyrrelser og ved reserve-delsspørgsmål kan De henvende Dem til en afvores ansvarlige service-repræsentationer.Vores skolede fag-personale sørger i tilfælde afskader for en hurtig og faglig korrekt istand-sættelse under anvendelse af originale dele.
Original dele DEUTZ udskiftningskomponenter
er produktet af mange års forskning og udvikling.Det velunderbyggede knowhow, vi dermed harvun-det, i forbindelse med høje kvalitetskrav erDeres garanti for en produktion af motorer medlang leve-tid, høj pålidelighed og lavt brændstof-forbrug. Det er en selvfølge, at de høje krav mht.beskyttelsen af miljøet også opfyldes.
DEUTZ-udskiftningskomponen-ter er et prisbilligt alternativ til origi-nale dele. Selvfølgelig gælderogså her de højeste kvali-tetskrav – som ved de nye dele. DEUTZ-
udskiftnings-komponenter fungerer lige så godtog er lige så pålidelige som originale dele.
Forord
underligger de samme strenge kvalitetskrav somDEUTZ-motorerne. Videreudviklinger til forbed-ring af motorerne bliver naturligvis også anvendtved original dele. Kun hvis man anvender- origi-nale dele, som er udfærdiget efter de nyesteerkendelser, har man sikkerhed for en upå-klagelig funktion og høj pålidelighed.
Forsigtig, når motoren løber
Vedligeholdelsesarbejder og reparationer måkun gennemføres, når motoren er slået fra. Evt.fjernede beskyttelsesanordninger skal attermonteres på, når arbejderne er afsluttet. Vedarbejder med løbende motor må man ikke bæreløsthængende tøj. Der må kun fyldes brændstofpå med motoren slået fra. Lad aldrig motoren løbei lukkede rum – fare for forgiftning.
Asbest
Pakningerne, som er anvendt tildenne motor, er asbestfrie. An-vend venligst ved vedligeholdelses-og reparationsarbejde tilsvarendereservedele.
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 20
Mottorinumero:
Merkitkää tähän moottorinumero. Sen ilmoit-taminen helpottaa asioiden käsittelyä huolto-,korjaus- ja varaosakysymyksien yhteydessä.
Tämän varaosaluettelon kuvauksien ja tietojensuhteen pidätämme oikeuden muutoksiin, jotkaovat tarpeellisia moottorin teknisen kehityksenkannalta. Kaikenlaiseen jälkipainosten ja kopioi-den tekoon, myös osittain, tarvitaan kirjallinenlupamme.
Hyvä asiakas
Esipuhe
fn
Hyvä tietää, se on DEUTZ.
DEUTZ-moottorit on kehitetty laajaa käyttäjä-kuntaa silmälläpitäen. Niinpä tarjolla on laajavalikoima moottorivaihtoehtoja, jotka täyttävätasiakkaiden vaihtelevat moottoritarpeet.
Moottorinne on toimitettu tietyin varustein, eivätkäkaikki tässä varaosaluettelossa esiintyvät osatvälttämättä kuulu moottorinne varusteisiin.
Vaikka kaaviokuvat eivät sisällä kaikkia yksityis-kohtia, eri vaihtoehdot on kuitenkin helppo erottaatoisistaan moottorillenne tärkeiden varaosientunnistamiseksi. Position, rakenneryhmä- jamoottorinumeron avulla pystytään joka tapauk-sessa toimittamaan oikea varaosa.
Varaosia tilattessa on noudatettava annettujatilausohjeita, jotta pystymme nopeasti ja varmastitoimittamaan tarvittavat, kyseisen mallin viimei-sintä teknistä kehitystä vastaavat varaosat.
Annamme mielellään lisätietoja ja vastaammekysymyksiinne.
DEUTZ AG
DEUTZ on edustanut jo alunalkaen uraauurtaaviauudistuksia moottorinrakennusalalla. Riippu-mattomana moottorinvalmistajana tarjo-ammeympäri maailmaa täydellisen valikoiman diesel- jakaasumoottoreita, joiden suorituskyky vaihteleevälillä 4 - 7400 kW. Tuotteemme on sovitettutäydellisesti asiakkaittemme vaatimusten mukaan.
Yli 1,4 miljoonaa DEUTZ-moottoria täyttääympäri maailmaa luotettavasti tehtävänsä.Tarkoituksenamme on säilyttää moottoreidemmekäyttövalmius ja täten asiakkaittemme tyyty-väisyys. Tästä syystä olemme edustettuinaympäri asiantuntevan edustajaverkoston kautta,jonka tiheys vastaa moottoreidemme alueellistalevinneisyyttä.
DEUTZ-nimi ei merkitse näin vain keksijähenkisiämoottoreita. , vaan myös moottoreihin liittyvääkokonaispakettia ja palvelua, johon voitte luottaa.
Yleiskatsaus DEUTZ-edustajista, heidän edusta-mistaan tuotteista ja palveluista antavat teillekokonaiskuvan verkostostamme. Ja vaikka yksilöl-listä tuote-edustusta ei olisikaan mainittu, DEUTZ-edustaja auttaa sinua eteenpäin asiantuntevallaneuvonnalla.
DEUTZ AGDeutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 KölnPuh.: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
Liikkeen leima
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200421
DEUTZ dieselmoottorit
SERVICE
Käyntihäiriöissä ja varaosakysymyksissä kään-tykää DEUTZ-edustajanne puoleen. Vauriota-pauksessa koulutettu henkilökunta huolehtiinopeasta ja asianmukaisesta korjauksestakäyttämällä alkuperäisiä DEUTZ-osia.
Alkuperäiset DEUTZ varaosat DEUTZ vaihto-osat
ovat monien vuosien tutkimuksen ja kehittelyn tu-los. Näin saavutettu know-how yhdistettynä kor-keisiin laatuvaatimuksiin on tae pitkäikäisten, luo-tettavien ja vähän polttoainetta kuluttavienmoottreiden valmistukselle. On itsestään selvää,että myös tarkat ympäristön suojelua koskevatmääräykset on otettu huomioon.
DEUTZ-vaihto-osat ovat edullinenvaihtoehto alkuperäisille DEUTZvaraosille.On myös itsestään selvää, ettänäille osille asetetaan samat kor-
keat laatuvaatimukset kuin uusillekin osille. Toi-minnaltaan ja luotettavuudeltaan DEUTZ vaihto-osat ovat samanarvoisia alkuperäisten DEUTZvaraosien kanssa.
Asbesti
Tässä moottorissa käytetyissätiivisteissä ei ole asbestia.Huolto- ja korjaustöissä pyy-dämme käyttämään vastaaviavaraosia.
Esipuhe
täyttävät samat, tiukat laatuvaatimukset kuinDEUTZ-moottoritkin. Moottorien parantamiseenkäytettyä kehitystä sovelletaan myös DEUTZvaraosiin. Moitteeton toiminta ja luotettavuus ontaattu käyttämällä ainoastaan viimeisimmäntekniikan mukaan valmistettuja alkuperäisiäDEUTZ varaosia.
Varo moottorin käydessä
Huolto- tai korjaustyöt saa suorittaa ainoastaanmoottorin ollessa pysäytettynä. Mahdollisesti ir-rotetut suojalaitteet on asennettava töiden pää-tyttyä jälleen paikoilleen. Huollettaessa käyväämoottoria työvaatetus ei saa olla liian väljä.Moottori on pysäytettävä tankkauksen ajaksi.Moottoria ei saa koskaan käyttää suljetuissatiloissa – myrkytysvaara.
fn
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 22
Motornummer:
Vennligst noter motornummeret her. Dette gjørbehandlingen av spørsmål angående service,reparasjoner og reservedeler enklere.
Vi forbeholder oss tekniske foranderinger i vårebeskrivelser og opplysninger i denne instruk-sjonsboken som er nødvendig for forbedringav motorene. Ettertrykk og kopiering på enhvermåte, også delvis, må ikke gjøres uten vårskriftlige tillatelse.
Kjære kunde,
Allment
no
Service
Deutz har alltid stått for en banebrytende utviklingav motorer. Som uavhengig motorprodusenttilbyr vi verden over et komplett utvalg av diesel-og gassmotorer med en effekt på 4 til 7.400 kW.Våre produkter er perfekt tilpasset våre kunderskrav.
Verden over arbeider mer enn 1,4 millionerDEUTZ motorer pålitelig. Vi vil sørge for åopprettholde motorenes driftsklarhet og dermedvåre kunders tilfredshet. Derfor er vi verden overrepresentert med et nett av kompetente partneresom er tilpasset den regionale fordelingen avvåre motorer.
DEUTZ er dermed ikke bare et navn for innovativemotorer, men også for en komplett pakke medytelser for alt som har med motorer å gjøre og foren service du kan stole på.
En oversikt over DEUTZ-partnere nær deg, hvilkeprodukter de har ansvar for og hvilke service-tjenester de tilbyr. Og selv om en DEUTZ-partnerikke er merket av med produktansvar for dinmotor, kan han gi deg kompetent hjelp.Vennlig hilsen DEUTZAG
DEUTZ AGDeutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 Köln
Telefon: 0049-221-822-0Telefax: 0049-221-822-5304Telex: 8812-0 khd dhttp://www.deutz.de
Væskekjølte motorer av merket DEUTZ er utvikletmed tanke på mange forskjellige bruksområder.Et bredt spekter av varianter sikrer at mangeforskjellige spesielle krav kan oppfylles.
Din motor er utstyrt for det aktuelle bruksområde.Derfor vil ikke alle deler og komponenter som eroppført på denne reservedelslisten, være mon-tert på din motor.
Selv om bildene ikke alltid viser alle detaljer, kande enkelte variantene tydelig skilles frahverandre slik at det er lett å finne frem til derelevante reservedelene til din motor. Ved hjelp avposisjonsnummer, komponentgruppenummer ogmotornummer kan du i hvert enkelt tilfelle finnefrem til riktig reservedel.
Vi ber deg vennligst følge våre anvisninger vedbestilling av reservedeler (se bildeeksempelnedenfor) slik at vi kan levere de reservedelenedu har bruk for, raskt og sikkert og ifølge deseneste endringer.
Vi står gjerne til din disposisjon hvis du harytterligere spørsmål.
Vennlig hilsenDEUTZ AG
Forhandlerstempel
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200423
DEUTZ-dieselmotorer
SERVICE
Ta kontakt med en av våre ansvarlige service-representanter ved driftsforstyrrelser og spør-smål angående reservedeler. Vårt utdannetefagpersonal sørger for rask og fagmessigreparasjon med DEUTZ originaldeler.
Originaldeler DEUTZ byttekomponenter
er resultatet av mangeårig forskning og utvikling.En omfattende know-how i forbindelse medhøye kvalitetskrav er garantien for fremstillingenav motorer med lang levetid, stor pålitelighet oglavt drivstofforbruk Det er en selvfølge at destrenge miljøkravene blir oppfylt.
DEUTZ byttekomponenter er etbillig alternativ til originaldeler.Selvfølgelig gjelder også her dehøyeste kvalitetskrav på sammemåte som for nye deler. Når det
gjelder funksjon og pålitelighet, er DEUTZ bytte-komponenter likeverdige med originaldeler.
Asbest
Pakningene som benyttes i dennemotoren, er asbestfrie.Bruk reservedeler uten asbestved vedlikeholds- og reparasjons-arbeid.
Allment
er underkastet strenge kvalitetskrav på linje medDEUTZ motorer. Videreutvikling for å forbedrevåre motorer blir selvfølgelig fulgt opp med for-bedringer på originaldeler. Bruk derfor bare ori-ginaldeler som er fremstilt etter de nyesteerfaringer for å være sikker på feilfri funksjon oghøy pålitelighet.
Vær forsiktig med motor i drift!
Vedlikeholdsarbeid og reparasjoner skal bareutføres med avslått motor. Monter alle beskyt-telsesanordninger igjen etter avsluttet arbeid.Bruk tettsittende arbeidstøy ved arbeid på enmotor som går. Tank bare med avslått motor.La aldri motoren gå i lukkete rom - fare forforgiftning!
no
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 24
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
el
! "
"
# "
$
" #%%
"
%"" #"
& '()*+!!%"
# " # ",%
%#
# %
"
& #"
# "
! !
% %"
%
!% !
#
- " # %
#
.!
"
%#
%
#
% %
% !
/ " ""
"!!
""0
"1 #
%
! %2
"
%%
3 %%!
# %"
$
!
"#$%#
&%'
4! '()*+
2
5 %
# "
"%
! !6
76889: ; <
/" =6
'()*+
>
!
?"
"
% "
! #
@ '()*+ "
%.%"
! "
&%"ABCDEFADGHIJD #
" "%'()*+
! " <
-%
%%
< "% '()*+
%
DEUTZ AGDeutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149D-51057 Köln
;#K 886LMNN=MONNM8
PK 886LMNN=MONNMQR86
;K OO=NM89STT
SUUVKWW:::TDXUYTD
# "
© 200425
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
()
&"*+,&
- "
! %2
%
;
# 2% "
! "
"
-#
< !
!$
! .
"
.""
" !
2 "%
% 4
.
%
; %
'()*+%
#
" %
P% !
. % "
; %
'()*+%"
%# % "
.
; "%
# 2
!
"
# 2
%" %
"#$%#
Z
'DXUY $ "
%"
"%!
" !
#
!" !"""
".
/#01
2.2
& "
" #
! "
%"
%
% "
# #
%
,% % "
" # %%
"% ! / "
2 % #
"!
"# "
! "
% !
el
© 2004 26 tr
!
"
!
#
!
$%&'(
)
! *
)! !!
!
+
!
,
!
!
-
.
) !!
!"
#
/ !
$%&'( !
0 1022 3
4
50
$%&'(
/ !
!
$%&'(
!
!
$%&'(6
$
$%&'(
$%&'(7+8
$*/ )501*509
$*:52:1;
'< 2209*==5*>==*2
#< 2209*==5*>==*:?20
'< >>5=*2
<@@AAA
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
)
© 200427tr
$ $
%&'
7
%!
B $%&'(
()$* +, $$
$%&'(
! 7
$%&'( !
7
!
$%&'(! !
!B
-
*
Önsöz
CB $%&'(
!
/
!
" B
B$%&'(
!!
.$,
/
/
"
!
/
* (
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 28 ru
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
!"
# $ !
" %
!! "
"#
" &
'()*+,
# $
" !
!
! "
$
!
"
- !
!
!
"
!
%
# ! " "
.
/
!
!
! % "
0
!"
#
1 ()*+, !
"-& "
"
" !
! "
2 3244-
#
52 "()*+,0
! "
! "
! '
$
! !
" "
& !
6 ()*+,7$
" !
"
!
"$ "
" "!
& ()*+,
! !!-
% &
()*+,
%
8 ()*+,9:
(;<=>?@A;BC;DE=D52352F
(G54G3H%@I
6& J442FKK5LKK4
1J 442FKK5LKKGM42
6JLL5K4NAOO
A==PJQQRRRO;<=>O;
# %
© 200429
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
$%
&'()
# "
!" "
!
"
&%
& ! ""()*+,
* $+,
" !
"
# $
"
"
"
!
S " !
! " ! "
' &
()*+, "
$
T
"
# &%
& ()*+,
% &
()*+,
-+
# $
#
"
#
()*+,
T
"
& ! "()*+, 6
!
!& !"()*+,
&%
"
.+/0
T
S
#
U
8
! !V
W
ru
© 2004 30 ar
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200431 ar
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 2004 32
!
"
#!!
!
pl
#
# $%&'(
!
)! * "
"
! !
" !
+"# #
! # ,
" ! "
!
"
"
!
( "
! !
" !
- #
( "
$%&'(./
$%&'(( #$%&'(
#
0
"
# ! $
!12133
- # 4
!
-
51 *$%&'(
0 4
!
$! " 4
4
!
! 4
- $%&'(
6 "
# 4
!#
*
7 *
'"
* $%&'(
(" $%&'(./
$4+89512451:
$4;53;2<=
'* > 331:4??54@??43
'*> 331:4??54@??4;A31
'> @@5?43
>BB
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200433
!
!
- 4
#
# *#
"!
$%&'(
"# !
$ !
( !
4 # 4
! !
! "
"
6 "
!
%&
C $%&'(
# #
6 # #
" !
C$%&'(#
" ! 4
$%&'(
'
&
#
$ !
"
! # !
$%&'(
! #
" !
$%&'(' !
$%&'(
4
! # 4
() *+
C ! "
% "
# "
!9
" !
9 ""
D 4
pl
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
2
2
9 113 5009 113 5009 113 500
Service
Beispiel/Example
Motor 909
D
C
Rechts 3
© 20043
Service
Beispiel/Example
© 200435
Service
Beispiel/Example
© 2004 36
Indicaciones para el pedido:
Al solicitar piezas originales de DEUTZ seránecesario indicar los siguientes datos:
- Nº de Motor:
- Nº de identificatión
- Cantidad de piezas
Estructuración de la documentación
- Las tablas con las ilustraciones de dichaspiezas de repuesto están clasificadas deacuerdo con el grupo constructivo de losmotores.
- Los grupos constructivos se indican en elresumen correspondiente del motor.
- El Nº de identificación 06/59 consta del grupo(v.g. 06) y de la posición (v.g. 59).
Leyenda
número del grupo constructivo (p.ej. 06)
índice de modificación (p.ej. 000)
número de página (p.ej. 96)
referencia recíproca a la página decontinuación (p.ej. 94)
símbolo de enlace- aparece siempre, por lo menos, como
pareja (p.ej. A-A, B-B, C-C, etc.)
Indications de commande
Lors d’une commande de pièces détachéesoriginales de DEUTZ, il est nécessaire de fournirles indications suivantes:
- n° de moteur
- n° d’identification
- nombre
Structure de la documentation
- Les tableaux illustrés de cette liste de piècesdétachées sont classés par groupe demoteur.
- Les groupes constitutifs figurent dans lerécapitulatif moteur.
- Le n° d’identification 06/59 est constituédu n° de groupe (p.ex. 06) et du n° de position(p.ex. 59).
Explication des symboles
Numéro de groupe constitutif (p. ex. 06)
Indice de modification (p. ex. 000)
Numéro de page (p. ex. 96)
Renvoi à la page de suite (p. ex. 94)
Symbole d’assemblage- se présente toujours par paire
(p. ex. A-A, B-B, C-C)
Order information
Please specify the following information whenordering original DEUTZ parts:
- Engine no.
- Ident no.
- Quantity
Document structure
- The picture diagrams in this spare list aresorted according to engine assembly groups.
- The assemblies are listed in the engineoverview.
- The ident no. 06/59 is made up of theassembly group (e.g. 06) and item number(e.g. 59).
Explanation of symbols
assembly No. (e.g. 06)
revision level (e.g. 000)
page number (e.g. 96)
cross reference on continuation page(e.g. 94)
A connection symbol- always occurs at least in pairs
(e.g. A-A, B-B, C-C etc.)
Servicedeenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
-06-
000
A
96
94
-06-
000
A
96
94
-06-
000
A
96
94
© 200437
Dati di ordinazionePer l’ordinazione di pezzi di ricambio originaliDEUTZ, indicare sempre i seguenti dati:
- No. del motore
- Codice d’identificazione
- Quantità pezzi
Struttura della docomentazione- Le tavole di questa lista dei pezzi di ricambio
sono suddivise secondo i gruppi costruttividei motori in base alle unità dei motori
- Gli elementi costruttivi sono specificati nellavista panoramica del motore
- Il codice d’identificazione 06/59 è costituitodall'unità costruttivo (per es. 06) e dallaposizione(per es. 59)
LegendaNumero dell'unità dell’elementocostruttivo (ad esempio 06)
Numero variabile (ad esempio 000)
Numero della pagina (ad esempio. 96)
Riferimento incrociato alla pagina dicontinuazione (ad esempio 94)
Simbolo di collegamento- compare sempre almeno a coppie
(ad esempio A-A, B-B, C-C, ecc.)
-06-
000
A
96
94
Dados necessários para aencomenda:
Para encomendar as peças originais DEUTZ énecessário indicar os seguintes dados:
- Nº do motor
- Nº de identificação
- Quantidade
Esquema da documentação
- As figuras representativas das peçassobres-salentes estão agrupadas pelosmódulos do motor.
- Os elementos módulos são apresentados navista geral do motor.
- O Nº de identificação 06/59 consiste a partirdo número do módulo (por ex. 06) e da posição(por ex. 59)
Explicação dos símbolos
Número dos módulos (p.ex. 06)
Algarismo variável (p.ex. 000)
Número de página (p.ex. 96)
Referência transversal à página decontinuação (p.ex. 94)
Símbolo de conexão- introduzir sempre, no mínímo, em
pares (p.ex. A-A, B-B, C-C etc.)
Service
Bestelgegevens
Bij bestelling van originele DEUTZ onderdelendienen de volgende gegevens verstrekt te worden:
- motornummer
- identificatienummer
- aantal
Gebruiksaanwijzing voor documen-tatie
- De afbeeldingen in deze onderdelenlijst zijngeordend naar deelsamenstelling.
- De constructiegroepen zijn in het overzichtvan de motoren vermeld.
- Het identificatienummer (bijv. 06/59) isopgebouwd uit de deelsamenstelling (bijv.06), gevolgd door de positie (bijv. 59).
Verklaring van de symbolen
Nummer van de constructiegroep (b.v. 06)
Modificatie cijfer (b.v. 000)
Paginanummer (b.v. 96)
Kruisverwijzing naar de volgende pagina(b.v. 94)
Het aansluitsymbool- verschijnt altijd minstens paarsgewijs (bijv. A-A, B-B, C-C, enz.)
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
-06-
000
A
96
94
-06-
000
A
96
94
© 2004 38
Tilaustiedot
Alkuperäisten DEUTZ-varaosien tilauksenyhteydessä on ilmoitettava seuraavat tiedot:
- moottori nro
- tunnusnro
- kappalemäärä
Dokumentaation rakenne
- Tämän varaosaluettelon kuvat on ryhmiteltymoottorin rakenneryhmien mukaan.
- Rakenneryhmät käyvät selville moottorinlistasta.
- Tunnusnumero 06/59koostuu rakenneryhmästä (esim. 06) jaosanumerosta (esim. 59).
Symbolien selitykset
Rakenneryhmänumero (esim. 06)
Muutosnumero (esim. 000)
Sivunumero (esim. 96)
Ristiviittaus jatkosivulla(esim. 94)
Liitäntäsymbooli- ilmenee aina vähintään parittain
(esim. A-A, B-B, C-C, j.n.e.)
-06-
000
A
96
94
Service
Beställningsuppgifter
För beställning av DEUTZ original reservdelarkrävs följande uppgifter:
- Motornr.
- ID-nr.
- Antal
Dokumentationens uppbyggnad
- Illustrationerna i denna reservdelslista ärsorterade enligt motorns moduler.
- Modulerna framgår i översikten över motorn.
- ID-numret 06/59 består av modul (t.ex. 06) ochposition (t.ex.59).
Symbolförklaring
Modulnummer (t.ex. 06)
Förändringsnummer (t.ex. 000)
Sidnummer (t.ex. 96)
Korsreferens till nästa sida(t.ex. 94)
Anslutningssymbol- visas alltid minst parvis
(t.ex. A-A, B-B, C-C, osv)
-06-
000
A
96
94
Bestillingsangivelser
Ved bestillingen af originale DEUTZ-dele er detnødvendigt med følgende angivelser:
- motor-nr.
- ident.-nr
- antal
Dokumentationens opbygning
- Billederne i denne reservedelsliste er sorteretefter motor-komponenter.
- Delmontagerne findes i motoroversigten.
- Ident-nr. 06/59 er opbygget af komponent(f.eks. 06) og position (f.eks. 59).
Symbolforklaring
delmontagenummer (f.eks. 06)
ændringsciffer (f.eks. 000)
sidenummer (f.eks. 96)
krydshenvisning til næste side(f.eks. 94)
tilslutningssymbol- optræder altid mindst parvis
(f.eks. A-A, B-B, C-C osv.)
-06-
000
A
96
94
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
© 200439
Service
Bestillingsangivelser
Ved bestilling av originale DEUTZ deler erfølgende opplysninger nødvendige:
- Motor-nr.
- Ident-nr.
- Antall
Dokumentasjonsoversikt
- Illustrasjonene i denne reservedelslisten ersortert etter komponentgruppe.
- Komponentgruppen vises på motortegningen.
- Ident-nr. 06/59 består av konstruksjons-gruppe (f.eks 06) og posisjon (f.eks 59)
Symbolforklaring
Delenummer (f.eks. 06)
Endringsnummer (f.eks. 000)
Sidenummer (f.eks. 96)
Kryssreferanse på fortsettelsessiden.(f.eks. 94)
Koblingssymbol- Føres alltid opp parvis
(f.eks. A-A, B-B, C-C osv.)
-06-
000
A
96
94
,-$/$
CB $%&'(
! <
* /*D
* ;D
* 7
* "
* E
* ;D2F@:9 -2F.
-:9.
-$ $$
" -2F.
$! -222.
) -9F.
G -90.
!
* *$
-H!7*7*I*I.
deenfresptititnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
&0..
,% """
'()*+! %2!K
M -
M - "
M - !
3.$#
M &"
#
"
M % % ! .
"
M & "
8[WQL" 4506784509:8
"##2'$
- %0!8[1
\# 0!8881
L[ - 0!L61
L6 / 0!L61
]#2
%%!2"0!-M-
3M3^M 1
-06-
A
96
94
000
-06-
000
A
96
94
© 2004 40
Service
,
!
$%&'( "
# >
4 - E+4-F
4 - * E7 4-F
4 7
- *
4 ' # 4
# ! ! 4
4 #
4 - * E7 4-F3GB;:
E ./0F E .12F
"*
-E 3GF
C* E 333F
- E :GF
6 #!
E :1F
9#
4
E .4.)4)C4CF
deenfresptitnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
$
'& ! !"()*+,
! J
&% "
#12
6% ! $
! "
X
Y&% " 4ZQGF
. 4Z/ %
.GF/
+
- .4Z/
8 .444/
S" " .FZ/
# %
.F2/
[
.99\\]]/
-06-
A
96
94
000
-06-
A
96
94
000
© 200441
BildtafelnIllustrations
Tablas con ilustracionesIllustrations
Quadros de figurasTavoleAfbeeldingenPlanscherIllustrationerBilderKuvat4_,&`&?a-P$4_
J
6% !
H
deenfresptititnlsvdafnnoeltrruarpl
the engine company
DEUTZ AG
Service-Technik
Instandhaltungstechnik Motoren
Deutz-Mülheimer Str. 147-149
D-51057 Köln
Tel.: ++49 (0)2 21-8 22-0
Fax: ++49 (0)2 21-8 22-53 58
Internet: www.deutz.de
Printed in Germany
All rights reserved
1st Edition, © 12/04
Order No.: 0312 1887
System DescriptionElectronic Engine Governor EMR 2
© 06/02 Page 61
EMR 2Chapter Overview
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Chapter
Introduction
Important Notes
System Description
System Functions
Interfaces
Configuration and Parameter Setting
Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp
Replacement of System Components
Technical Data
Index of Specialist Terms
Index
Connection Diagams
Page 62 © 06/02
EMR 2Chapter Overview
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
© 06/02 Seite 63
EMR 2Table of Contents
Contents Page
1 Introduction 65
2 Important Notes 672.1 Operating instructions 672.2 Installation guidelines 672.3 Damage 672.4 Customer side wiring, plug connection 682.5 Remove plug 682.6 Electrical welding 68
3 System Description 693.1 Utilization of the EMR 2 693.2 System overview 693.3 Description of functions 703.4 Basic equipment 70
4 System Functions 714.1 Overview features 724.2 Function extensions 734.3 Speed control 744.4 Set point settings 764.5 Fuel quantity limitation (performance curve) 774.6 Droop control 784.7 Engine start/stop 784.8 Displays / Outputs (monitoring function) 794.9 LDA function 814.10 Temperature-dependent start control 814.11 Speed throttling (input F 7) 814.12 Engine protection functions 814.13 Altitude correction 824.14 Fuel volume control 824.15 Emergency running (limp home) 824.16 Cold start installation 82
5 Interfaces 835.1 Diagnostic interface (basic function) 835.2 CAN-Bus interface 83
6 Configuration and Parameter Setting 856.1 Function overview, pin assignment and configuration example 86
7 Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp 877.1 Self-diagnostic (without operating the diagnostic button) 877.2 Diagnostic with Button and Error Code 907.3 Diagnostic possibilities with the SERDIA software 98
8 Replacement of system components 998.1 Replacement EMR ↔↔↔↔ EMR 2 998.2 Features of the Replacement of the Control Unit 998.3 Features of the Replacement of the Actuator 1008.4 Combination EMR, EMR 2, Control Unit and Actuator 100
Seite 64 © 06/02
EMR 2Table of Contents
9 Technical Data 1019.1 General Data 1019.2 Signal Specification 1029.3 Plug assignments 1039.4 Sensor Data 105
10 Index of Specialist Terms 107
11 Index 109
12 Connection diagrams 113
Appendix 11512.1 Connection diagram - Vehicle side / Unit side 11512.2 Connection diagram Engine side (sheet 1) 11612.3 Connection diagram Engine side (sheet 2) 11712.4 Connection diagram for CAN-Bus and Diagnostic Line 118
© 06/02 Page 65
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Introduction
1 Introduction
This system description provides an overview of the design and operation of the electronic engine governor(EMR 2) as a control unit when used in engines of the model series 1012/1013/2012/2013/10151).
In addition, an explanation is given of the functions of the EMR 2 and how problems with the EMR 2 can berecognized and overcome.
The EMR 2 is a further development of the previously utilized EMR.
Basically, it has the same functionality as the EMR, but is equipped with additional functions and extensi-ons that are summarized in Chapter 4.2.
Reference is made to Chapter 8 for information regarding replacements,
1) Same system with Bosch EDC-actuator (1015).
General notesIt is our aim to permanently improve and extend the contents of this brochure. For this purpose, the experi-ences of the circle of users can be particularly helpful.
Should you desire changes, extensions, improvements, etc., we would welcome your input (Engine mainte-nance technology department, VS-TI). Please make as much use of this as you wish. In this way, you areassisting in making the next version more up-to-date. We pay close attention to every message and willprepare a new issue of the brochure at the appropriate time. We thank you in advance for your cooperation.
Your
DEUTZ AG
Maintenance technology engines
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Page 66 © 06/02
EMR 2Introduction
© 06/02 Seite 67
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Important Notes
2 Important Notes
2.1 Operating instructions
IMPORTANT!The purpose of this document is the explanation and clarification of the design and functionsof engines, engine components and systems.The information contained herein always corresponds to the technical conditions valid at thetime of going into print and are not subject to any immediate alteration service.
IMPORTANT!Applicable for the operation, maintenance and start-up are exclusively the information of thepublished and currently valid technical documentation, corresponding to the scope of deli-very and function (such as operating instructions, switching diagrams, workshop manual,repair and adjustment instructions, technical circulars, service information, etc.).
2.2 Installation guidelines
IMPORTANT!For the mechanical installation of the apparatus, reference should be made to the applicableissue of the “Installation Guidelines for electronic systems of DEUTZ diesel engines”. Moreinformation can be obtained from the DEUTZ AG, dept. technical operation support.
H REMARKS!Sufficient ventilation of control unit and actuator must be ensured in order to prevent limitati-ons of function and damage.
2.3 Damage
H REMARKS!Sensors and actuators may not be fitted individually to, or between, power sources for eitherinspection or testing purposes but only in connection with the EMR 2, as there is a danger ofdestruction!
H REMARKS!Despite polarity reversal protection in the control apparatus, it is necessary to prevent incor-rect polarity. Incorrect polarity can damage control units!
H REMARKS!The plug connections of the control units are only dust and watertight when plugged intomating connection! Until the mating connector has been plugged in, the control units must beprotected against spray water!
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 68 © 06/02
EMR 2Important Notes
2.4 Customer side wiring, plug connection
IMPORTANT!In order to attain the required protection class (IP 66) at the control unit, the individual wireseals, plugs and sealing rings provided must be used.
IMPORTANT!The connection between pins and individual wires must only be carried out with the properpinching tools.
H REMARKS!The voltage supply for inputs and outputs for the users must be able to be switched in a de-energized manner via the key switch (terminal 15) - not via continuous positive.
2.5 Remove plug
H REMARKS!Removing the 25-pole equipment plug and engine plug when the control unit is on, i.e. whenthe voltage supply is on (terminal 15 on) is not permitted.
1. Voltage supply off- only then -
2. pull out equipment plug and engine plug
2.6 Electrical welding
H REMARKS!In order to prevent damage when carrying out ELECTRIC welding of the installation, the plugconnections at the control unit must first be pulled out.
H REMARKS!The ignition (terminal 15) must be switched off when working at the EMR 2.
© 06/02 Page 69
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2System Description
3 System Description
3.1 Utilization of the EMR 2
The purpose of the electronic engine governor (EMR 2) is the regulation of the speed of revolution of DEUTZDiesel engines of the model series 1012/1013/2012/2013/1015 for applications in agricultural and con-struction machinery as well as in generating sets. It is designed for heavy duty also under difficult environ-mental conditions and possesses the corresponding protection classes.
The governor fulfils all the functions of the mechanical governor (variable speed governing, torque limitati-ons, LDA function) and makes further functions available.
3.2 System overview
Basically, the EMR 2 consists of the sensors, the control unit and the actuator. Engine-side as well as vehicle-side or plant-side installation are connected by means of separate cable har-nesses to the EMR control unit. The cabling on the plant side is carried out by the vehicle or plant manufac-turer.
For arrangement on the engine and plant/vehicle side, see the following figure.
Charge-air pressure
sensor (optional) Power supply
Set and vehicle-side equipmentEngine-side equipment
Multi function displays
Outputs (modifiable)
Accelerator pedel
Hand operated throttle(optional)
Start/StopKey-operated switch
Functions changeoverswitch
Diagnostic button
Fault indicatorlamp
Diagnosis interface/CAN-Bus
Inputs (modifiable)(PWM/digital/analog)
2nd Speed sensor(optional)
Cold start aid(optional)
Fuel temperature(optional)
Charge air temperature(optional)Lifting solenoid
(optional)Oil pressure sensor
(optional)
Coolant temperaturesensor
Camshaft speedsensor
Control rod position sensor/
actuator -Control unit
Üs_en © 06/02*with atmospheric pressure sensor (otional)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 70 © 06/02
EMR 2System Description
3.3 Description of functions
The sensors attached to the engine provide the electronics in the control unit with all the relevant physicalparameters.
In accordance with the information of the current condition of the engine and the preconditions (acceleratorpedal etc.), the EMR 2 controls an actuator that operates the control rod of the injection pump and thusdoses the fuel quantity in accordance with the performance requirements.
The exact position of the regulating rod is reported back and, if necessary, is corrected, by means of thecontrol rod travel sensor, situated together with the rotation magnets in a housing of the “actuator”.
The EMR 2 is equipped with safety devices and measures in the hardware and software in order to ensureemergency running (Limp home) functions (see Chapter 7.1).
In order to switch the engine off, the EMR 2 is switched in a de-energized fashion over the ignition switch. Astrong spring in the actuator presses the control rod in the de-energized condition into the zero position. Asa redundancy measure, an additional solenoid serves for switching off and this, independently of the actua-tor, also moves the control rod in the de-energized condition into the zero position.
After the programming, that is carried out over the ISO 9141 interface, the EMR 2 is possesses a motor-specific data set and this is then fixedly assigned to the engine. Included in this are the various applicationcases as well as the customer’s wishes regarding a particular scope of function. The result of this is that anylater alteration must be reported back to the DEUTZ AG so that, in case of replacement anywhere in theworld, the new control unit can be programmed with the current data set.
3.4 Basic equipment
Besides the control unit, the following components are required as minimum equipment for the operationof the engine:
Vehicle side:
! Energy supply (battery)
! Diagnostic interface (ISO 9141)
! Fault lamp/diagnostic lamp
! Diagnostic button
! Set point selection
! Key operated switch
! Function change-over switch
! Cable harness
Engine side:
! Actuator (contains control rod travel sensor and positioning magnet)
! Speed sensor (camshaft)
! Coolant temperature sensor (NTC)
! Cable harness
Further components and installation are possible depending on the application case or the desiredfunctions (see chapters 4 and 6). The combination can be selected from the DEUTZ pocket handbook.
© 06/02 Seite 71
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2System Functions
4 System Functions
The EMR 2 makes a broad range of functions available and these can be activated by the application-dependent configuration and the allocation of the inputs and outputs. It makes possible signal exchangebetween the engine (via the engine plug) and the EMR 2, as well as between the vehicle (via the vehicleplug) and the EMR 2. The signals can be transmitted as analog, digital, impulse modulated (PWM signals)and as CAN-Bus messages.Which functions are used, depends on the application conditions of the engine. Correspondingly, there aredifferent variations of the functions and the pin assignments of the plugs.
The functions of the EMR 2 refer to the speed control, quantity limitations (fuel injection), monitoring,vehicle and apparatus functions and communication and diagnostic interfaces.
The EMR 2 offer a basic equipment on which all the optional variations can be structured.
Because of the numerous possibilities of combinations, DEUTZ has defined function ranges. These can becrossed off in the DEUTZ pocket handbook. The switching diagram for each function range should also benoted especially for the wiring required on the customers side.
Sensor inputs:
! Control rod travel! Speed! Coolant temperature! (Charge air pressure)! (Oil pressure)! (2nd speed)! (Coolant level)! (Charge air temperature)! (Fuel temperature)! (Tacho signal)
Actuator functions
! Actuator! (Switch-off magnet)
Display functions /outputs
! Fault lamp! (Warning signals)! (Multi-function dis-
plays)
Interfaces
! ISO 9141! CAN-Bus, SAE J1939
Microprocessor
Memory for
! Parameters! Char. curve ! Char. diagram! Faults
Set point input
! Key-operated switch! (Pedal sensor)! (Throttle lever)! (Via CAN-Bus)! (Voltage 0 - 5 V)! (PWM signal)
© 06/02
EMR 2(Atm pressure sensor)
Transfer switch forfunctions
The functions shown in brackets are optional.
Memory foroperatingsoftware
Energy supply
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 72 © 06/02
EMR 2System Functions
4.1 Overview features
Feature Chapter Description
Speed control 4.3
As variable speed, idling/end or fixed speed governor; choice of switchable governor features during operation, freezing the current speed, fixed speed governor for network synchronization or load distribution, overdrive speed
Set point input 4.4
By means of! Pedal sensor and/or hand throttle! External voltage signal (0 - 5 V)! CAN Bus (remote electronics)! Fixed speed signal (genset operation)! Pulse width modulation (PWM)! Touch control operation Up/Down (digital)Optimal adaptation to different applications
Torque limitation 4.5 Up to three performance curves can be set independently of each other within the framework of the engine limits
Governor behaviour (speed droop)
4.6 Constant, variable or switchable speed droop from 0 - 80 % for adaptation to the application
Engine Start/Stop 4.7 Engine switch-off by means of EMR actuator (additional safety using switch-off solenoid possible)
Monitoring and signaloutput functions
4.8
Coolant temperature and level, oil pressure, charge air temperature, fuel temperature → fault display and/or performance reduction or engine switch-off for engine protection
LDA function 4.9Smoke limitation through charge air pressure and/or temperature-dependent limitation of the adjustment speed of the injection
Temperature-dependent start control
4.10 Improving the starting ability, gentle cold start without smoke ejection
Altitude correction 4.13 Engine protection because of reduced air pressure
Fuel volume correction 4.14 Compensation for loss of performance due to fuel heating
Emergency running 4.15Emergency running after failure of set point signal (e.g. using accelerator pedal), the charge air sensor or the vehicle speed signal
Selection of coldstart help installations
4.16 Failure of auxiliary control units, EMR 2 controls a selection of heating flange, glow plugs or flame starting apparatus
Data communication 5 Interfaces, diagnostics and programming
Output of fault fault blink codes
7.2 Simplified fault diagnosis
© 06/02 Seite 73
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2System Functions
4.2 Function extensions
The EMR 2 has the same functions as the EMR but possesses extended and new functions.
The new functions in detail are:
! Improved speed control
! Third performance curve
! Smoke limitation = function of the charge air temperature
! Monitoring the charge air temperature, coolant level
! Altitude-referenced fuel quantity
! Control of an engine brake
! Special set point parameter for genset applications
! Special vehicle speed evaluation to DIN 11786
! New functions via the diagnostic button:- fault blink codes- clearing the fault memory 1
! 2 Independent fault memories (mirroring the first fault memory)
! Acquisition of a load collective
! Baud rate alteration for ISO communication possible
! Possibility of a software update for the operating software via the ISO interface
! Newly introduced or changed commands in ISO communication
! CAN Bus protocol to SAE J1939 has been greatly extended, but is upwards compatible to the present EMR applications.
Caution!
EMR and EMR 2 are separate systems. An exchange of control units and actuators is not possible (seeChapter 8).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 74 © 06/02
EMR 2System Functions
4.3 Speed control
Provision is made for various variations of speed control that must be programmed in advance (at the endof the programming) depending on the application case (power generation, building or agricultural machi-nes) and usage conditions. The variations depend on the type of programmed and the selected functions.
The following types of speed regulation (switches) are optional and are programmed at the works depen-ding on the variant (pin assignment see Chapter 6.1):
Function Variant Description RemarksVariable speedcontrol
Variable speed
governor1)
1) Types of speed controlVariable speed control
For this type of control the speed of the engine is governed or kept constant with reference to the desired speed of revolution.For changes of load, the new required amount of fuel is set in accordance with a PID control. The desired value can bedetermined through various variants.
Min/Max controlFor this type of control, the fuel injection quantity is determined on the basis of the desired value. the result of this is that, forthis type of control, a speed of revolution depending on the load situation is set. The idling (= Minimum) and the endrevolutions (= Maximum) are controlled taking into account the control parameter speed droop 1 and speed droop 2. Thebasis for this type of control is the drive characteristic field.
Pure variable speed governor without addi-tion and switch-over functions
Only one vari-ant can be selectedFixed speed governor Variable speed governor with fixed, pre-defi-
ned speed for gensets (1,500 or 1,800 rpm), desired speed of rotation is defined in the scope of customer supply (KLU).
Change-over switching speed 1 /
22)
2) Change-over switching see point 4.3.1.
Variable speed governor with change-over switching possibility between two speeds.
Change-over swit-ching speed fixed/
variable2)
Variable speed governor with change-over switching possibility between a fixed pro-grammed and a variable speed of revolution.
Speed variable /
freeze2)Variable speed governor with change-over switching possibility between:freezing a current desired speed as set point independent of the pedal setting, and a varia-ble revolution.
Speed memoryfunction
Customer-specific solution for storing and calling up two speeds of revolution.
Gensetapplications
Power generationgovernor with adju-stable speed range
As for change-over switching fixed/variable speed. Without Load the speed can be adju-sted in the speed range.
See also system des-cription EMR Genset, TN 0297 9939
Power generation for network synchronisa-tion or Load distribu-tion
As for change-over switching fixed/variable speed. The variable revolutions can be adju-sted in the revolution range for network syn-chronization or load distribution.
Power generationgovernor with adju-stable speed and switchable overdrive speed
As for change-over switching fixed/variable speed the power generator, in fixed speed mode, can be used as the overdrive speed without loading, in variable mode or forparallel switching.
Variable speed-, Min/Max-control
Variable speed,
Min/Max governor2)Switching over between variable speed and Min/Max control.
Min/Max-control Min/Max governor1) Idling and end revolutions for vehicle applications.
© 06/02 Seite 75
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2System Functions
4.3.1 Switchable speed functions
The conditions for the switchable variants are selected by means of a switch (Input pin 18, GND pin 17V plug). The switch closes a contact to -UBatt.
The following is applicable for the switchable speed functions:
The switching condition can be displayed with the aid of the SERDIA diagnostic software (see Chapter 7.3)
4.3.2 Second speed input (optional)
This input can be used as a redundant speed input. If a second speed sensor has been installed, then theengine will not be switched off on failure of the first speed sensor but will switch over to the second one.The failure of a speed sensor is indicated by the continuous burning of the fault lamp. The operation of theengine can be limited by defining a lower desired speed (see also Chapter 7.1).
4.3.3 Excess speed protection
when the speed limit is exceeded, the EMR 2 moves the control rod into the Stop position. The output,engine switch off (Digital 3, M 2) is activated (if it is programmed) and a fault message is generated.
With applications in mobile machines the thrust mode is programmed as a safety measure. Exceeding of the revolution limit can occur in thrust mode. In this case the control rod is moved to the zeroposition and the fault lamp lights up. The engine is protected against excess revolutions also in this type ofoperation.After falling below the programmed recovery limit, the governing is again taken up and the fault lamp isextinguished. The parameters “Above speed limit” and “Recovery limit” are adjustable.
Switchable speed functions(for a selectable)
Switch open1)
(1/HIGH)
1) With an open switch, the underlined conditions above are activated as preset values (default values).
Switch closed(0/LOW)
Speed 1/ speed 2 Speed 1 Speed 2
Fixed / variable speed Variable Fixed
Speed variable / freeze Variable Freeze
Variable speed governor / Min/Max governor
Variable speed governor Min/Max regulator
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 76 © 06/02
EMR 2System Functions
4.4 Set point settings
The following variants for the set point settings of the governor can be configured:
Function Variant Description Remarks
Set point setting Accelerator value sensor(SWG 1)
Setting with potentiometer (5 V reference
voltage, max. 30 mA1), typ. 1 kΩ linear, pin 25,
input pin 24, GND pin 23, V-plug2))
1) PIN 25: Imax=30 mA (Pedal value sensor and hand throttle combined).2) V*plug = Vehicle plug / GND = Ground.
Voltage Setting by means of external voltage (0.5 -4.5 V, input pin 24, GND pin 23, V-plug)
Replacement for pedal value sensor
Hand throttle(SWG 2)
Setting with hand throttle. The set point in the EMR 2 is determined by means of a maximum
function (5 V reference voltage, max. 30 mA1), typ. 1 kΩ linear, pin 25, input pin 20, GND pin 23 V-plug)
Memoryfunction
Freezing the current engine speed Only possible in con-nection with the pedal value sensor (SWG 1)
CAN Setting via the CAN interface (see Chapter 6.1)
CAN = Controller Area Network
Internal (fixed speed)
Setting via internal parameters. The parameter is determined in the customer scope of supply (KLU).
For gensets
PWM signal 1 PWM signal 2
The desired value is set by means of an exter-nal PWM signal (frequecyz=100 Hz) with a modulation of 5 % to 95 % (see Chapter. 9.2) Input pin 18 or 20, GND pin 17 V-plug
Auxiliary for pedal value sensor
© 06/02 Seite 77
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2System Functions
4.5 Fuel quantity limitation (performance curve)
In order to set the engine performance and the desired torque course, the maximum injection quantity/thrust must be limited in accordance with the settings.
Provision is made in the EMR 2 for three performance curves. The performance curve is created as a cha-racteristic curve with 13 freely selectable speed support points. The sampling points must be supportpoints, whereby the sample of the engine is carried out with performance curve 1. The performance curve 2is correspondingly corrected with the correction data of performance curve 1.
Function Variant Description Remarks
Perfor-mance curve
Performance curve 1
Quantity limitation with a performance curve (perfor-mance curve 1)
Only 1 variant can be selected
Performance curves 1/2
Switching between two performance curves
Performance curves 1/2/3
Change-over switching only via CAN
Performance curve change-over switching (Input)
pin 19, GND pin17 V-plug
Switch open(1/HIGH)1)
1) With open switches, the underlined conditions above are activated as default values.
Switch closed(0/LOW)
Performance curve 1/ performance curve 2 Performance curve 1 Performance curve 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 78 © 06/02
EMR 2System Functions
4.6 Droop control
One of the features of the electronic governing is that, in contrast to mechanical governors, the P-Gradientcan be set to 0 % and switched over between two defined P-gradients. The maximum value lies at 80 %.
For limiting the P-gradient relationship of the mechanical governor, provision is made for a speed-depen-dent P-gradient function by means of a characteristic curve with eight speed support points.
4.7 Engine start/stop
As soon as the control apparatus recognizes the start-speed, the control rod is freed for the start.For switching the engine off, the EMR 2 must be switched via the key-operated switch in a de-energizedmanner. With this setting, the controlling rod is moved to the stop position by the spring action of the actua-tor and/or the redundancy solenoid.The switching off of the engine can also be triggered by a fault in the EMR 2 (see Chapter 7.1, Self-Diagno-stic).
Function Variant Description Remarks
P-gradient Constant P-gradient P-gradient is constant within the whole speed range. Only one variant canbe selectedVariable P-gradient Speed-dependent P-gradient
P-gradients 1/2 Switching between two fixed P-gradients
Constant/variable Switching between constant and variable P-gradients
Switchable variantpin 21, GND pin 17 V-plug
Switch open(1/HIGH)1)
1) With open switches, the underlined conditions above are activated as default values..
Switch closed(0/LOW)
P-Gradient 1/ P-Gradient 2 P-gradient 1 P-gradient 2
Constant / variable P-gradient Constant Variable
Function Variant Description
Engine start/stop Switching off with the EMR 2 actuator
In a de-energized condition, the EMR 2 actuator moves the control rod into the stop position and switches the engine off
Redundant switching-off with the solenoid
(pin M 21) and M 1)
1) M 2: Engine plug, pin 2
In addition, the engine is switched off by means of a sole-noid (must be programmed in the control unit)
© 06/02 Seite 79
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2System Functions
4.8 Displays / Outputs (monitoring function)
By means of the digital PWM outputs and depending on the configuration, various signals can be displayedand output.
Fault lamp (Pin 4 vehicle plug)
A red fault lamp must be placed where it is easily visible at the customer apparatus side. The fault lamp ser-ves as a rough estimate of the fault that has occurred; here the following means:
! Lamp 2 s on: Self diagnosis with switched on the voltage supply. Result: There are no faults.
! Continuous light: There is a fault message; however the system is operational (possibly limited).
! Flashing: Serious malfunction - engine will be switched off or engine cannot be started.
! Blink code: Query malfunction locality by means of diagnostic button.
For detailed information see Chapter 7.1.
Output signals (maximum of 4 output signals possible)
Function Variant Description
Display functions Speed 1(pin 16, vehicle plug)
Corresponding to the (No. of teeth on gear wheel) symmetrical square signal (Voltage level from 0 V to +UBatt)
Torque(pin 5, vehicle plug)
PWM signal (100 Hz) with button relationship from 5 to 95 %. Reference value: performance curve in the working point or MdMax
Warning signal coolant temperature(pin 3, vehicle plug)
Overstepping limiting valueHigh/Low change-over switching
Warning signal oil pres-sure(pin 15, vehicle plug)
Speed-dependent oil pressure controlHigh/Low change-over switching
Warning signal charge air monitor (pin variable)
General display for overstepping or falling below the limi-ting values
Freely selectable digital output signal
By arrangement
Freely selectable measu-ring or calculation value(PWM- signal)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 80 © 06/02
EMR 2System Functions
Load collective
The EMR 2 measures the loading of the engine. For this purpose, the respective load and revolution regionsare allocated to the engine operating hours.
S1 to S9 are operating hours within the respective sector.
The load collective can only be displayed and printed with SERDIA.
© 06/02
Speed [rpm]
© 06/02
(torquemax)
Torque referred to torquemax [%]
100
50
30
S7 S8 S9
S4 S5 S6
S1 S2 S3
1000 2000 4000
© 06/02 Seite 81
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2System Functions
4.9 LDA function
For mobile applications, the injection quantity for acceleration and dynamic load increase is limited withreference to the charge air pressure (smoke quantity-characteristic field). Usage: protection of the exhaustturbo supercharger and prevention of smoke ejection.
4.10 Temperature-dependent start control
In order to prevent smoke ejection and for optimizing the governing relationship, the start quantity, thespeed ramp and the governor parameters are controlled with reference to the temperature (required basicfunction).
4.11 Speed throttling (input F 7)
This function is designed for a driving speed evaluation is accordance with DIN 11786.
4.12 Engine protection functions
All monitoring functions can be provided with a message lamp on the plant side (dependent on the scope ofthe function and the pins that can be assigned).
Oil pressure monitoring
The user is warned by means of the message lamp when! the oil pressure has overstepped the warning limit and/or! after a pre-warning period, the performance has been reduced by the EMR 2, or! the oil pressure falls below the switch-off limit and, after a pre-warning period,
the engine is switched off.
Coolant temperature monitoring
The user is warned by means of the message lamp when! the temperature exceeds the warning limit and/or! after a pre-warning period, the performance has been reduced by the EMR 2, or! the temperature exceeds the switch-off limit and, after a pre-warning period,
the engine is switched off
Charge air monitoring
The user is warned by means of the message lamp when! the temperature exceeds the warning limit and/or! after a pre-warning period, the performance has been reduced by the EMR 2, or! The temperature exceeds the switch-off limit and after a pre-warning period, the engine is
switched off.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 82 © 06/02
EMR 2System Functions
Coolant monitoring
The user is warned by means of the message lamp when! the coolant level falls below the warning limit and/or! after a pre-warning period, the performance has been reduced by the EMR 2, or! the the coolant level falls below the switch-off limit and, after a pre-warning period, the engine is
switched off.
4.13 Altitude correction
The altitude correction is carried out by means of an Atmospheric pressure sensor in the control unit. Twodifferent control unit variants are offered (with and without atmospheric pressure sensor).
4.14 Fuel volume control
Compensation for loss of performance due to fuel heating. Necessary variant with fuel temperature sensor.
4.15 Emergency running (limp home)
The EMR 2 provides comprehensive emergency running functions that are configured depending on thefield of application. These functions are necessary in order that, in an emergency, the operation can be con-tinued with auxiliary speed. In detail, this function can be activated by
a) set point defaultb) charge air pressurec) vehicle speed signal and/ord) speed acquisition
It is also possible by the failure of the set point default to switch over via CAN Bus
a) on the accelerator pedal andb) on auxiliary speed
The respective type of malfunction is defined in the fault memory.
4.16 Cold start installation
Failure of additional control units; if desired EMR 2 controls heating flange, glow plugs or flame start instal-lation.
© 06/02 Page 83
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Interfaces
5 Interfaces
The EMR 2 is equipped with various interfaces. The wiring is carried out on the customers side and must beintegrated in the vehicle plug. For pin assignment see the application-dependent switch diagrams.
5.1 Diagnostic interface (basic function)
The end programming of the EMR 2 is carried out via the serial diagnostic interface (according toISO 9141).
With the aid of a PC connected to an interface and the SERDIA (see also Chapter 7.3) diagnostic software -measuring values, error messages and other parameters can be displayed and set - depending on accessauthorization. Furthermore, new control units can be programmed.
Communication is only possible with the electric power switched on.
5.2 CAN-Bus interface
The CAN-Bus interface (Controller Area Network) is increasingly being used in vehicles and is suitable formeasuring values and data exchange with one or more apparatus-side control units (hydraulics, drive con-trol, etc.). The SAE J1939 protocol is utilized for communication.
The following is an aid to utilization of the respective scope of functions:
! Selection according to the DEUTZ pocket handbook! Definition before supply of engine! Connection in accordance with connection diagram (see Chapter 12.1 to 12.3)
Subsequent changes to the configuration is only possible in conjunction with the DEUTZ operating partnerand the aid of SERDIA (see Chapter 6).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Page 84 © 06/02
EMR 2Interfaces
© 06/02 Page 85
EMR 2 Configuration andParameter Setting
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
6 Configuration and Parameter Setting
The EMR 2 is specially programmed and configured for each individual engine, which means that theEMR 2 contains a specially engine-specific data set. Configuration is carried out via the externally accessi-ble diagnostic interface (ISO 9141) and is strongly dependent on the customer’s wishes, from the applica-tion cases and from the behaviour of a vehicle in operation.
Access to the various parameters is protected (by password) by means of access authorizations organizedon four levels and can only be carried out by authorized personnel.
More than 1200 different parameters are available. Access to these parameters, as well as to other data,can be carried out by means of the special SERDIA diagnostic software installed on a PC (see Chapter7.3).
Important!Rebuilding, as well as alteration to the parameters can only be carried out in conjunction withthe corresponding DEUTZ operating partners. For this purpose SERDIA Level III is required. In connection with the above-mentioned possibilities, the changed data sets must be repor-ted back to DEUTZ (see Service Note No. 0199-99-9287).
Type of operatione.g. parallel opera-
tion
Scope of function Switchingdiagrams
Other type ofoperationdesired
Part data set
Performance dataset
Complete data set
see “SERDIA” handbook
Notificationto DEUTZ
see “SM 0199-99-9287”
Re-blocking
! Other set speed
! Other performance
! Other set speed and other performance
Otherperformance data
desired
© 06/02
Page 86 © 06/02
EMR 2Configuration and Parameter Setting
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
6.1 Function overview, pin assignment and configuration example
Summarized function overview with examples of function selection
The user-referenced selection is carried out using the DEUTZ pocket handbook
Functions Plugengine/vehicle
Pin Input/OutputScope of function
(Example1))
1) Above example applicable to genset series 1012/1013, single frequency generating sets.
Scope of function 0211 2291Model No. 0029 3766No. of connection diagram engine side 0419 9752No.of connection diagram vehicle/plant side 0419 9780
Sensor inputsSpeed sensor 1 (camshaft) E 12, 13 E !
Speed sensor 2 (crankshaft) E 10, 11 E -Charge air sensor (LDA function) E 23, 24, 25 E -Oil pressure sensor E 20, 21, 22 E !
Atmospheric pressure sensor (in control unit) - - - -Coolant level sensor E 6, 8 E -Charge air temperature sensor E 4, 8 E -Fuel temperature sensor E 5, 8 E -Coolant temperature sensor E 9, 8 E -Control rod travel sensor E 16, 17, 18, 19 E !
Actuator functionsOperating solenoid E 14, 15 A -Dig. output (PWM) E 3 A -Solenoid E 2 A !
Default functions (set point defaults via)Hand throttle V 23, 20, 25 E -Voltage V 23, 24 E -Accelerator pedal (potentiometer) V 23, 24, 25 E !
CAN V 12, 13 E/A !
PWM signal 1 V 17, 18 E -PWM signal 2 V 17, 21 E -
Memory functionsFixed speed (upper limit) V 17, 18 E -Fixed speed (lower limit) V 17, 21 E -Freeze current speed V 17, 19 E -Limit fuel quantity of a performance curve !
Switch-over functionsspeed 1 / 2 V 17, 18 E -Fixed / variable speed V 17, 18 E -Freezing / variable speeds V 17, 18 E -Variable speed governor min/max regulation V 17, 18 E -Performance curve1 / 2 V 17, 19 E -Performance curve1 / 2 / 3 (via CAN) V 12, 13 E -P-gradient 1 / 2 V 17, 21 E !
P-gradient const. / variable V 17, 21 E -Key-operated Start/Stop, energy supply V 1, 14 !
Display / output functionsFault lamp V 4, (Cl. 15) A !
Warning coolant temperature V 3, (Cl. 15) A !
Warning oil pressure V 15, (Cl.15) A !
speed V 16, (Cl. 15) A -Torque (reserve) V 5, (Cl. 15) A -Warning monitoring charge air -Freely selectable digital output signal -Freely selectable measuring or calculation value -Load collective !
Diagnostic interfaceISO 9141-L V 10 E/A !
ISO 9141-K V 11 E/A !
CAN-Bus (SAE J1939 protocolCAN-H V 12 E/A !
CAN-L V 13 E/A !
© 06/02 Seite 87
EMR 2 Diagnostic Button andFault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
7 Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp
Diagnostic button and fault indicator lamp must be placed in the vehicle or plant on the customer side.They can be used for diagnosis.
7.1 Self-diagnostic (without operating the diagnostic button)
The EMR 2 possesses numerous protection functions for the engine - depending on the available measu-ring points or sensors. Depending on the seriousness of the recognized fault, the engine may run on inreduced mode (limp home), whereby the fault indicator lamp is continuously lit, or the engine is switchedoff, whereby the fault indicator lamp flashes.
A lit fault indicator lamp indicates an error in the wiring (short circuit, cable break) or a defect in the displaysof the corresponding sensors. A further source of faults could be falling below or exceeding the measuringvalue limits (see Chapter 9.4).
Faults in the electronics are registered or stored in the control unit and shown by the fault indicator lamp.The fault indicator lamp is extinguished as soon as the fault has been removed. Only when the electronicshas been switched to emergency running (-speed), need the engine be switched off briefly with the key-operated switch in order to extinguish the fault indicator lamp.
Also corrected or non-current faults remain stored in the control unit and can be read out or deleted withthe SERDIA diagnostic software (see Chapter 7.3).
+UBatt 15
Diagnostic button switch diagram
Pin F 4Fault indicator lamp
Diagnostic button
GND-UBatt
© 06/02
Seite 88 © 06/02
EMR 2Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
On
OffTime
2 s
On
OffTime
© 06/02
Key switch (terminal 15)
On
OffTime
On
OffTime
Fault indicator lamp
Case a) Lamp extinguished after 2 s: there is no active fault
2 s 1 s1 s
Case b) Lamp flashes after 2 s: there is at least one serious fault.the engine cannot be started.
Case c) Continuous light: there is at least one fault.
On
OffTime
2 s
Case d) As case c), only with monitoring delay tv dependent on selected setting.
tv
© 06/02 Seite 89
EMR 2 Diagnostic Button andFault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Function control of the configured warning lamps
With the activation of the key switch (pin 15), the warning lamp is also switched on for the duration of theself-diagnostic (2 s).
On
OffTime
2 s
On
OffTime
© 06/02
Key switch (terminal 15)
On
OffTime
Fault indicator lamp
2 s
e.g. warning lamp oil pressure
Seite 90 © 06/02
EMR 2Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
7.2 Diagnostic with Button and Error Code
With the diagnostic button there is the possibility of reading out the existing faults as blink codes and todelete the fault memory 1. The Diagnostic button and the fault indicator lamp are situated in the movingpart of the vehicle.
7.2.1 Reading out a current fault memory blink codes
The fault indicator lamp shows a fault, e.g., it flashes or lights continuously. The Diagnostic button isdepressed for a time period of 1 s to 3 s. The EMR 2 recognizes the request for a read out and starts to dis-play the faults. (see blink code overview, Chapter 7.2.3). The read-out of the blink code is only possible afterextinguishing of fault indicator lamp or after the initialization phase of the operating program. This meansthat the fault indicator lamp can also show continuous lighting after switching on if a fault has been recogni-zed already after switching. The EMR 2 only shows active faults as blink codes.
In the following the steps for reading out the first blink code are shown:
a The fault indicator lamp indicates a fault, e.g. it flashes of lights continuously.
! Press diagnostics buttons 1 to 3: the flashing or continuous light of the fault indicator lamp is extinguished.
b After 2 s: recognition by the EMR 2 (2×short flashes).
! Output of the flashing sequence of the first stored fault. (example: fault number 01, “speed sensor 1“):c after 2 s: 1×longd after 2 s: 1×short
! After fault code output e 5 s pause, then display of flashing or continuous light.
© 06/02
On
OffTime
1 - 3 s
Diagnostic button
Fault indicator lamp
On
OffTim
2 s 2 s 2 s
0.8 s 0.8 s
0.4
s
0.4
s
5 s
“2” “1” “1”
a b c d e
© 06/02 Seite 91
EMR 2 Diagnostic Button andFault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Steps for reading out the next fault:
a The fault indicator lamp indicates a fault, e.g. it flashes of lights continuously.
! Press diagnostics buttons 1 to 3:the flashing or continuous light of the fault indicator lamp is extinguished
b After 2 s: recognition by the EMR 2 (2×short flashes).
! The next blink code is output (c, d)
! After fault code output e 5 s pause, then display of flashing or continuous light.
The steps can be repeated until the last stored fault code is output. After that, the first fault code is shownagain.
Seite 92 © 06/02
EMR 2Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
7.2.2 Deletion of the fault memory 1
The EMR 2 has two fault memories (1 and 2). Every fault is stored in both memories at the same time. Withthe aid of the diagnostic button it is possible to delete passive faults in fault memory 1. The fault memory 2can only be deleted with SERDIA.
The following shows the steps for deleting the fault memory 1:
a Press, and keep depressed, the diagnostic button.
b Switch ignition on.
c Whilst the fault indicator lamp is lit up (duration 2 s) release diagnostic button.
d All passive faults in faults in fault memory 1 are deleted.
e The deletion process is confirmed by three short flash impulses.
© 06/02
On
OffTime
Diagnostic button
Fault indicator lamp
On
OffTime
0.4
s
0.4
s
On
OffTime
Key switch (terminal 15)
2 s
< 2 s
a
b
c
d e
© 06/02 Seite 93
EMR 2 Diagnostic Button andFault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
7.2.
3F
ault
blin
k co
de
ove
rvie
w
Faul
t g
roup
Faul
t no
.(in
SE
RD
IA)
Fau
lt lo
calit
y/Fa
ult
des
crip
tio
nB
link
cod
eF
MI
SP
NC
ause
Rem
arks
Hel
p
sho
rtlo
ngsh
ort
0,4
s0,
8s
0,4
s
Zero
err
or
disp
lay
-N
o fa
ults
2-
-31
5242
87No
act
ive
faul
ts p
rese
nt
Revo
lutio
ns
/ spe
ed
acqu
isiti
on
01S
pee
d s
enso
r 1
21
18
190
Sens
or fa
ilure
. Dis
tanc
e fro
m g
ear
too
far.
Addi
tiona
l fau
lt im
puls
es.
Cabl
e jo
int i
nter
rupt
ed.
Gove
rnor
in e
mer
genc
y op
erat
ion
(if
sens
or 2
ava
ilabl
e). E
mer
genc
y sw
itch-
off (
if se
nsor
2 n
ot a
vaila
ble
or fa
iled)
. Ch
eck
dist
ance
. Che
ck c
able
co
nnec
tion.
Che
ck s
enso
r and
re
plac
e if
requ
ired.
02S
pee
d s
enso
r 2
21
28
190
Gove
rnor
in e
mer
genc
y op
erat
ion
(with
sen
sor 1
)Em
erge
ncy
switc
h-of
f (if
sens
or 1
no
t ava
ilabl
e or
faile
d).
03S
pee
d s
enso
r2
13
884
Tach
o fa
iled.
Add
ition
al fa
ult
impu
lses
. Cab
le c
onne
ctio
n in
terr
upte
d.Go
vern
or in
em
erge
ncy
oper
atio
n.
(see
Cha
pter
4.1
5).
Chec
k ca
ble
conn
ectio
n an
d Ta
cho.
Rep
lace
if re
quire
d.
04E
xces
s sp
eed
sw
itch-
off
21
40
190
Spee
d w
as/is
in e
xces
s of
lim
it.e.
Engi
ne s
top.
(s
ee C
hapt
er 4
.3.3
)Ch
eck
para
met
er(2
1). C
heck
sp
eed
setti
ngs.
Chec
k PI
D se
tting
. Che
ck ro
ds. C
heck
act
uato
r and
repl
ace
if re
quire
d. C
heck
cab
le to
act
uato
r (im
puls
e on
in
corr
ect s
peed
). Ch
eck
No. o
f tee
th. F
or v
ehic
les
chec
k fo
r pos
sibl
e th
rust
mod
e.
Sens
ors
05S
et p
oint
sen
sor
1ac
cele
rato
r p
edal
)2
21
291
Faul
t at c
orre
spon
ding
sen
sor e
ntry
(e
.g. s
hort
circ
uit o
r cab
le b
reak
).
See
Chap
ter 4
.15
influ
enci
ng fa
ult
reac
tion.
With
failu
re o
f the
sen
sor,
the
asso
ciat
ed m
onito
ring
func
tion
is
de-a
ctiv
ated
.
Chec
k se
nsor
cab
le. C
heck
se
nsor
and
repl
ace
if re
quire
d.
Chec
k fa
ult l
imits
for s
enso
r.
06S
et p
oint
sen
sor
2 (h
and
thr
ottle
)2
22
220
1
07C
harg
e ai
r p
ress
ure
22
32
102
08O
il p
ress
ure
22
42
100
09C
oola
nt t
emp
erat
ure
22
52
110
10C
harg
e ai
r te
mp
erat
ure
22
62
105
11Fu
el t
emp
erat
ure
22
72
174
Seite 94 © 06/02
EMR 2Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Func
tiona
l fa
ult
war
ning
30O
il p
ress
ure
war
ning
23
11
100
Oil p
ress
ure
belo
w s
peed
-de
pend
ent w
arni
ng li
ne
char
acte
ristic
Faul
t mes
sage
(dis
appe
ars
whe
n oi
l pr
essu
re is
aga
in a
bove
reco
very
lim
it).
Afte
r a d
elay
tim
e - f
ill li
mita
tion.
Chec
k en
gine
(oil
leve
l, oi
l pu
mp)
. Che
ck o
il pr
essu
re
sens
or a
nd c
able
. Che
ck o
il pr
essu
re w
arni
ng li
ne
char
acte
ristic
.
31C
oola
nt t
emp
erat
ure
war
ning
23
20
110
Cool
ant t
empe
ratu
re h
as e
xcee
ded
war
ning
leve
l.
Faul
t mes
sage
(dis
appe
ars
whe
n co
olan
t tem
pera
ture
aga
in d
rops
be
low
reco
very
leve
l). A
fter a
del
ay
time
- fill
lim
itatio
n.
Chec
k co
olan
t. Ch
eck
cool
ant
tem
pera
ture
sen
sor a
nd c
able
.
32C
harg
e ai
r te
mp
erat
ure
war
ning
23
30
105
Char
ge a
ir te
mpe
ratu
re h
as
exce
eded
war
ning
leve
l.
Faul
t mes
sage
(dis
appe
ars
whe
n ch
arge
air
tem
pera
ture
gai
n dr
ops
belo
w re
cove
ry le
vel).
Afte
r a d
elay
tim
e - f
ill li
mita
tion.
Chec
k ch
arge
air.
Che
ck c
harg
e ai
r-te
mpe
ratu
re s
enso
r and
ca
ble.
34C
oola
nt le
vel w
arni
ng2
35
111
1Sw
itch
inpu
t “Lo
w c
oola
nt le
vel”
is
activ
e.Fa
ult m
essa
ge.
Chec
k co
olan
t lev
el. C
heck
co
olan
t lev
el s
enso
r and
cab
le.
35S
pee
d w
arni
ng (w
ith
thru
st m
ode
oper
atio
n).
23
614
SID
190
revo
lutio
ns w
as/is
abo
ve (t
op)
revo
lutio
n sp
eed
limit.
“Th
rust
m
ode”
func
tion
is a
ctiv
e.Se
e Ch
apte
r 4.3
.3 E
xces
s sp
eed
prot
ectio
n.Ch
eck
para
met
ers.
Che
ck s
peed
se
tting
s(21
).
Chec
k PI
D se
tting
. Che
ck ro
ds. C
heck
act
uato
r and
repl
ace
if re
quire
d. C
heck
cab
le to
act
uato
r. Ch
eck
spee
d se
nsor
(im
puls
es o
n in
corr
ect s
peed
). Ch
eck
No. o
f tee
th. F
or v
ehic
les
chec
k fo
r pos
sibl
e th
rust
mod
e.
36Fu
el t
emp
erat
ure
war
ning
23
70
174
Fuel
-tem
pera
ture
has
exc
eede
d w
arni
ng le
vel.
Faul
t mes
sage
(dis
appe
ars
whe
n fu
el
tem
pera
ture
aga
in d
rops
bel
ow
reco
very
leve
l).
Chec
k fu
el. C
heck
fuel
te
mpe
ratu
re s
enso
r and
cab
le.
Faul
t g
roup
Faul
t no
.(in
SE
RD
IA)
Fau
lt lo
calit
y/Fa
ult
des
crip
tio
nB
link
cod
eF
MI
SP
NC
ause
Rem
arks
Hel
p
sho
rtlo
ngsh
ort
0,4
s0,
8s
0,4
s
© 06/02 Seite 95
EMR 2 Diagnostic Button andFault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Func
tiona
l fa
ult,
switc
h-of
f
40O
il p
ress
ure
switc
h-of
f2
31
110
0Oi
l pre
ssur
e be
low
sw
itch-
off l
imit
Emer
genc
y st
op
Chec
k en
gine
(oil
leve
l, oi
l pu
mp)
. Che
ck o
il pr
essu
re
sens
or a
nd c
able
. Che
ck o
il pr
essu
re -s
witc
h-of
f lim
it.
41C
oola
nt t
emp
erat
ure
switc
h-of
f2
32
011
0Co
olan
t tem
pera
ture
has
exc
eede
d sw
itch-
off l
imit.
Chec
k co
olan
t lev
el. C
heck
co
olan
t lev
el s
enso
r and
cab
le.
Chec
k sw
itch-
off l
imit.
42C
harg
e ai
r te
mp
erat
ure
switc
h-
off
23
30
105
Char
ge a
ir te
mpe
ratu
re h
as
exce
eded
sw
itch-
off l
imit.
Chec
k ch
arge
air.
Che
ck c
harg
e ai
r-te
mpe
ratu
re s
enso
r and
ca
ble.
Che
ck s
witc
h-of
f lim
it.
44C
oola
nt le
vel s
witc
h-of
f2
35
111
1Sw
itch
inpu
t “Lo
w c
oola
nt le
vel”
is
activ
e.Em
erge
ncy
stop
. Sta
rt lo
ck.
Chec
k co
olan
t lev
el. C
heck
co
olan
t lev
el s
enso
r and
cab
le.
Actu
ator
50Fe
edb
ack
25
1
12S
ID 2
4
Actu
ator
not
con
nect
ed. F
ault
in
actu
ator
con
firm
atio
n.Em
erge
ncy
switc
h-of
f. Ac
tuat
or
cann
ot b
e op
erat
ed.
Chec
k ac
tuat
or, r
epla
ce if
re
quire
d. C
heck
cab
le, c
heck
fa
ult l
imits
for “
Conf
irmat
ion”
.
52R
efer
ence
feed
bac
k13
SID
24
Chec
k ac
tuat
or, r
epla
ce if
re
quire
d. C
heck
cab
le, c
heck
fa
ult l
imits
for “
Rife
ness
co
nfirm
atio
n”.
53C
ontr
ol t
rave
l d
iffer
ence
7S
ID 2
3In
ject
ion
pum
p/ac
tuat
or ja
mm
ed o
r no
t con
nect
ed. D
iffer
ence
bet
wee
n no
min
al/a
ctua
l con
trol t
rave
l is
>10
% o
f the
ove
rall
cont
rol p
ath.
Faul
t mes
sage
(dis
appe
ars
whe
n di
ffere
nce
is <
10%
).Ch
eck
actu
ator
/act
uato
r rod
s /
inje
ctio
n pu
mp,
repl
ace
if re
quire
d. C
heck
act
uato
r cab
le.
59A
uto
calib
ratio
n B
OS
CH
-ED
C p
ump
s fa
ulty
op
erat
ion
25
213
SID
23
No a
utom
atic
act
uato
r equ
aliza
tion
poss
ible
. Inc
orre
ct in
put o
f the
ac
tuat
or re
fere
nce
valu
es.
Engi
ne s
top
/ sta
rt lo
ck. G
over
nor
cann
ot b
e ta
ken
into
use
. EDC
ac
tuat
or c
alib
ratio
n re
quire
d(s
ee C
hapt
er8.
4).
Chec
k ac
tuat
or a
nd re
plac
ed if
re
quire
d. C
heck
feed
back
cab
le.
Chec
k vo
ltage
sup
ply/
cabl
es.
Chec
k fa
ult l
imits
and
refe
renc
e va
lues
of t
he fe
edba
ck. P
rogr
am
the
faul
t lim
its fo
r fee
dbac
k, s
ave
valu
es. S
witc
h ig
nitio
n of
f and
on
agai
n.Ch
eck
agai
n. If
faul
ty,
info
rm D
EUTZ
-Ser
vice
and
car
ry
out a
utom
atic
equ
aliza
tion
agai
n.
Set f
ault
limits
aga
in.
Faul
t g
roup
Faul
t no
.(in
SE
RD
IA)
Fau
lt lo
calit
y/Fa
ult
des
crip
tio
nB
link
cod
eF
MI
SP
NC
ause
Rem
arks
Hel
p
sho
rtlo
ngsh
ort
0,4
s0,
8s
0,4
s
Seite 96 © 06/02
EMR 2Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Hard
war
e in
puts
/ou
tput
s
60D
igita
l out
put
3
(Sw
itch-
off s
olen
oid
, p
in M
2)2
61
2S
ID 5
1Fa
ult (
shor
t circ
uit /
cab
le b
reak
) at
digi
tal o
utpu
t.
Driv
er le
vel i
s sw
itche
d of
f.Ch
eck
cabl
e of
dig
ital o
utpu
t (c
able
bre
ak o
r sho
rt ci
rcui
t).
62D
igita
l out
put
6, p
in
M7
26
22
SID
60
Faul
t mes
sage
.
63E
xces
s vo
ltage
sw
itch-
off s
olen
oid
26
16
SID
51
67E
rror
Han
d S
etp
12
62
1191
68E
rror
CA
N S
etp
12
898
Com
mun
i-ca
tion
70C
AN
-Bus
con
trol
ler
27
1
12S
ID 2
31CA
N-co
ntro
ller f
or C
AN-b
us is
fa
ulty
. Fau
lt re
mov
al d
espi
te re
-in
itial
isin
g co
ntin
uous
ly n
ot
poss
ible
Ap
plic
atio
n-de
pend
ent.
Chec
k CA
N co
nnec
tion,
te
rmin
atin
g re
sist
or (s
ee C
hapt
er
12.4
), Ch
eck
cont
rol u
nit.
71C
AN
inte
rfac
e S
AE
J19
399
SID
231
Over
flow
in in
put b
uffe
r or a
tra
nsm
issi
on c
anno
t be
plac
ed o
n th
e bu
s.
74C
able
bre
ak,
shor
t ci
rcui
t or
b
us-e
rror
14S
ID 2
31Ch
eck
CAN
conn
ectio
n, c
able
co
nnec
tion.
Che
ck s
enso
r and
re
plac
e if
requ
ired.
Mem
ory
76P
aram
eter
p
rogr
amm
ing
(writ
e E
EP
RO
M)
28
1
12S
ID 2
53Fa
ult i
n pa
ram
eter
pro
gram
min
g in
th
e go
vern
or fi
xed
valu
e m
emor
y.
Emer
genc
y sw
itch-
off.
engi
ne c
anno
t be
sta
rted.
Switc
h ig
nitio
n of
f and
on
agai
n.
Chec
k ag
ain.
If fa
ulty
info
rm
DEUT
Z Se
rvic
e
77C
yclic
pro
gram
tes
t12
SID
240
Cons
tant
mon
itorin
g of
pro
gram
m
emor
y sh
ows
erro
r (so
-cal
led
“Fla
sh-te
st”)
.
78C
yclic
RA
M t
est
2S
ID 2
54Co
nsta
nt m
onito
ring
of w
orki
ng
mem
ory
show
s er
ror.
Note
val
ues
of p
aram
eter
s (3
895
and
3896
). Sw
itch
igni
tion
off
and
on a
gain
. Che
ck a
gain
. If
faul
ty in
form
DEU
TZ S
ervi
ce.
Faul
t g
roup
Faul
t no
.(in
SE
RD
IA)
Fau
lt lo
calit
y/Fa
ult
des
crip
tio
nB
link
cod
eF
MI
SP
NC
ause
Rem
arks
Hel
p
sho
rtlo
ngsh
ort
0,4
s0,
8s
0,4
s
© 06/02 Seite 97
EMR 2 Diagnostic Button andFault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Cont
rol u
nit
hard
war
e
80P
ower
sup
ply
(A
ctua
tor)
29
12
SID
254
Pow
er s
uppl
y fo
r act
uato
r not
in th
e pe
rmis
sibl
e ra
nge.
Fa
ult m
essa
ge (d
isap
pear
s w
hen
pow
er a
gain
in th
e no
rmal
rang
e).
Switc
h ig
nitio
n of
f and
on
agai
n.
Chec
k ag
ain.
If fa
ulty
info
rm
DEUT
Z Se
rvic
e.
83R
efer
ence
vol
tage
1
28
2
2S
ID 2
54
Refe
renc
e vo
ltage
for a
ctua
tor n
ot
in th
e pe
rmis
sibl
e ra
nge.
Faul
t mes
sage
(dis
appe
ars
whe
n po
wer
aga
in in
the
norm
al ra
nge)
. Au
xilia
ry v
alue
5V
Chec
k vo
ltage
sup
ply.
Sw
itch
igni
tion
off a
nd o
n ag
ain.
Che
ck
agai
n. If
faul
ty in
form
DEU
TZ
Serv
ice.
84R
efer
ence
vol
tage
22
SID
254
85R
efer
ence
vol
tage
42
SID
254
86In
tern
al t
emp
erat
ure
29
2
1217
1In
tern
al te
mpe
ratu
re fo
r con
trol u
nit
not i
n pe
rmis
sibl
e ra
nge.
Faul
t mes
sage
(dis
appe
ars
whe
n po
wer
aga
in in
the
norm
al ra
nge)
.Sw
itch
igni
tion
off a
nd o
n ag
ain.
Ch
eck
agai
n. If
faul
ty in
form
DE
UTZ
Serv
ice.
87A
tmos
phe
ric p
ress
ure
1210
8At
mos
pher
ic p
ress
ure
not i
n pe
rmis
sibl
e ra
nge.
Faul
t mes
sage
(dis
appe
ars
whe
n po
wer
aga
in in
nor
mal
rang
e).
Atm
osph
eric
pre
ssur
e m
onito
ring
func
tion
de-a
ctiv
ated
.
Prog
ram
lo
gic
90P
aram
eter
faul
t (E
EP
RO
M r
etrie
val o
r ch
ecks
um fa
ulty
).
210
1
2S
ID 2
53No
dat
a fo
und
or c
heck
sum
of d
ata
is fa
ulty
(not
e: fa
ult o
nly
occu
rs
durin
g se
tting
of p
aram
eter
/ sa
ving
or
rese
t.).
Engi
ne c
anno
t be
star
ted.
Chec
k da
ta fo
r cor
rect
set
tings
. Sa
ve p
aram
eter
s. S
witc
h ig
nitio
n of
f and
on
agai
n. C
heck
aga
in. I
f fa
ulty
info
rm D
EUTZ
Ser
vice
.
93S
tack
ove
rflo
w2
SID
240
Inte
rnal
cal
cula
tion
faul
t (so
-cal
led
“Sta
ck o
verf
low
” fa
ult).
Emer
genc
y sw
itch-
off.
Engi
ne c
anno
t be
sta
rted.
Note
par
amet
ers
(389
7 an
d 38
98).
Switc
h ig
nitio
n of
f and
on
agai
n. C
heck
aga
in. I
f fau
lty
info
rm D
EUTZ
Ser
vice
.
94In
tern
al fa
ult
2S
ID 2
54
Faul
t g
roup
Faul
t no
.(in
SE
RD
IA)
Fau
lt lo
calit
y/Fa
ult
des
crip
tio
nB
link
cod
eF
MI
SP
NC
ause
Rem
arks
Hel
p
sho
rtlo
ngsh
ort
0,4
s0,
8s
0,4
s
Seite 98 © 06/02
EMR 2Diagnostic Button and Fault Indicator Lamp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
7.3 Diagnostic possibilities with the SERDIA software
SERDIA (Service Diagnosis) is a software program with the aid of which the user can monitor the measure-ment value on a running diesel engine from a PC or Notebook computer and can thus recognize faulty ope-rating behaviour.
! With a stopped engine, it is possible to enter certain parameters in a targeted manner from the PC intothe control unit (parameter setting) in order to change the operating behaviour of the engine.
! With the aid of the SERDIA diagnostic software, the fault messages stored in the control unit can beread out and evaluated.
Information is displayed on the following:
- Fault locality (e.g. pedal sensor, coolant temperature sensor).- Fault type (e.g. lower limit exceeded, sporadic error).- Environmental data/operating data (speed and operating hours at the time of the occurrence of the last
fault).- Number of fault localities- Frequency of the fault- Fault status (active - fault persists / passive - fault eliminated).
Fault messages of non-current and eliminated faults can be deleted with SERDIA.
! Function test
In the function test, the outputs and the control rod travel can be activated with the engine stopped.
! Input/output assignment
Display of the current input/output assignment.
! Measuring value depiction
A large selection of measuring values are available and these can also be used if there is no EMR 2 error(starting behaviour, engine saws, poor performance).
For this purpose, the PC is connected by an interface cable to the diagnostic interface. Communicationwith the control unit is carried out via a special EMR 2 protocol.
Working with SERDIA is described in a separate operating instruction.
© 07/02 Page 99
EMR 2 Replacement of systemcomponents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
8 Replacement of system components
In case of malfunction, the individual system components such as sensors, control unit, actuators, can bereplaced but not repaired.
8.1 Replacement EMR ↔↔↔↔ EMR 2
The EMR 2 is a further development of the EMR. But are not compatible in the case of replacement. Onlythe part numbers (TN) that count for the respective system can be utilized.
8.2 Features of the Replacement of the Control Unit
Each control unit is fixedly assigned to the engine (engine number) in accordance with its individual applica-tion case. In case of a replacement, therefore, the control unit must be equipped
a) with its engine-specific data set and
b) with a ticket [engine number...]
Programming with an engine-specific data set is only possible with SERDIA (Levels III and IIIa) and can becarried out in two ways:
! By ordering a new control unit with information of the engine and part number (completion by DEUTZ-Parts Logistics).
! Transferring the data set 1:1 from the “old” control unit to the “new” control unit (see SERDIA manual).
Remarks:
– TN on control unit → non programmed control unit (stores unit). Engine cannot be started!Control unit must be programmed.
– TN in SERPIC → programmed and completed control unit (with engine number - ticket)
Caution!
Only setting alterations that have been notified back to DEUTZ permit proper return of a programmed andcompleted control unit with current data settings (see SM 0199-99-9287).
Page 100 © 07/02
EMR 2Replacement of system components
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
8.3 Features of the Replacement of the Actuator
8.3.1 Model series1012/1013/2012/2013
The actuators are replaceable on a 1:1 basis without additional programming.
8.3.2 Model series 1015
Actuator (EDC-actuator) and Bosch pump belong together (one TN). In the case of a replacement, theactuator (with the pump) must be calibrated with the control unit. This calibration is necessary (with SERDIALevel IIIa), because the new characteristic curves must be stored in the control unit.
8.4 Combination EMR, EMR 2, Control Unit and Actuator
EMR control units, see also SM 0199-99-9334.
The EMR 2 control unit automatically recognizes the actuator EMR or EMR 2. In order to limit errors, there-fore, an “old” EMR actuator can be combined with the EMR 2 control unit. In reverse, a “new” EMR 2actuator is not accepted by the EMR control unit (fault message).
Control unit Actuator EMR1012/1013/2012
Actuator EMR 21012/1013/2012
EDC actuator1015
EMR Fault message
Engine cannot be started Calibration required
EMR 2
© 06/02 Page 101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Technical Data
9 Technical Data
9.1 General Data
Designation Technical data / Remarks
Nominal voltage 12 and 24 V DC, working range 10 ... 36 V DC, engine starting is possible from 6 V
Maximum cable length governor-engine 5 m (remote engine extension)
Current consumption (inc. actuator) ≤ 9 A, ≤ 11.5 A for 60 s, (fuse 15 A)
Permissible operating temperatures -40 ... +85 °C
Dimensions 231 × 204 × 62 mm (length × width × height)
Weight 1.6 kg
Air humidity < 98 % (at 55 °C)
Type of protection IP 66k, IP X7, IP X9k to DIN 40050
Shock permissibility < 50 g
Vibration< 1,5 mm (at 10 ... 20 Hz)< 180 mm/s (at 21 ... 63 Hz)< 7 g (at 64 ... 2.000 Hz)
Resistance Resistant to usual materials in an engine environment
Housing material Cast aluminium, unvarnished
Diagnostic interface Serial interface to ISO 9141
Data interface CAN-Bus with protocol to ISO/DIS 11989, SAE J1939
Plug connection to vehicle/plant, cable harness
Company AMP, 2 x 25-pole, coded, individual strand isolation
EMVEmitted interference to 95/54/EWGinterference immunity up to 100 V/m to ISO 11452-2, ISO 7637, TR 10605
Load dump U < 60 V(actuator not powered during the interference effects)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 102 © 06/02
EMR 2Technical Data
9.2 Signal Specification
All outputs are short circuit-protected against negative and positive polarity of the battery.
Pin1)
1) Double assignment possible.
Pin type/Signal type Technical data / Remarks
Inputs
F4, F6, F7, F18, F19, F20, F21, F24, M6, M11, M21, M24
Digital input Ulow < 2 V, Uhigh > 6,5 V, Rpull = 4.7 kΩ after +UBatt
F4 Digital inputIsink < 0.5 A, Urest < 0.5 V, Ileck < 0.1 mA (ground switching),Diagnostic button (closing) after -UBatt
F20, F24, M21, M24 Analog input
Uin = 0 ... 5 V, fg = 7 Hz, Ri = 220 kΩ,Uref = 5 V ± 25 mV, Imax = 25 mA
F18, F21 PWM inputUlow < 2 V, Uhigh > 6,5 V, Rpull = 4,7 kΩ, fin < 500 Hz (typ. 100 Hz), Tan/Tper = 5 ... 95 %
M11, M13 Frequency input Inductive sensor, Uin = 0,2 ... 30 V AC, fin = 25 ... 9.000 Hz
F7, M11 Speed input max. 255 Impulse/m
M17, M18, M19 Inductive input Control travel sensor
M4, M5, M9 Temperature input NTC resistance measurement, max. ± 4 °C (tolerance, typ. ± 2 °C)
Outputs
F4 Digital outputIsink < 0.5 A, Urest < 0.5 V, Ileck < 0.1 mA (ground switching),Diagnostic button (closing) after -UBatt
F3, F5, F15, F16,M3
Digital output(low side)
Isink < 0.5 A, Urest < 0.5 V, Ileck < 0.1 mA (ground switching)
M2 Digital power output(high side)
Isource < 4 A, Urest < 0.5 V, Ileck < 0.1 mA (positive switching)
M7 Digital power output(low side)
Isource < 4 A, Urest < 0.5 V, Ileck < 0.1 mA (ground switching)
M7 PWM power outputIsource < 4 A, Urest < 0.5 V, Ileck < 0.1 mA (positive switching),faus < 500 Hz (typ. 100 Hz), Tan/Tper = 5 % ... 95 %
M14, M15 PWM power output Actuator control (actuator), to 11.5 A
F5 PWM outputIsink < 0.5 A, Urest < 0.5 V, Ileck < 0.1 mA (ground switching),faus < 500 Hz (typ. 100 Hz), Tan/Tper = 5 % ... 95 %
F16 Frequency outputIsink < 0.5 A, Urest < 0.5 V, Ileck < 0.1 mA (ground switching),with Pull-Up resistance Uaus = 0 ... +UBatt
Interfaces
F10, F11 ISO 9141-Bus Baud rate typ. 9,600 Baud, stimulation via L-line, communication via K-line
F12, F13 CAN-Bus Extended CAN, < 250 kBaud
© 06/02 Page 103
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Technical Data
9.3 Plug assignments
The 25-pole plugs of the EMR 2 control unit are mechanically coded (different part numbers). Because ofthe different pins, the vehicle plugs (F) or the plant plugs (F) and engine plug (M) only into the sockets provi-ded for them, so that incorrect plugging in is impossible.
9.3.1 Engine Plug (M)
Pin No. Designation Description1 Reserve Reserve
2 Output: digital 3 Digital output for solenoid1)
1) For continuous power: < 4 A
3 Output: digital 4 For heating flange (optional)/glow plug (optional)
4 Input (optional) Temp 1 Fuel temperature2)
2) Corresponds to special function”fuel temperature compensation at the EMR (0211 2571)
5 Input (optional) Temp 2 Charge air temperature
6 Input (optional) DigIn 5 Coolant level / oil level
7 Output: PWM2/digital 6
8 GND Reference potential for analog signal at pin 9
9 Input: analog 7 Analog input for Coolant temperature sensor (NTC)
10 GND Reference potential for analog signal at pin 11
11 Multi-function input: speed 2/DigIn 2
Digital input second engine speed (crankshaft) (optional) and speed signal (optional)
12 GND Reference potential for analog signal at pin 13
13 Input: speed 1 Digital input first engine speed (camshaft)
14 STG - PWM output, signal for actuator coil
15 STG + PWM output, signal for actuator coil
16 Screen Screening regulating rod travel sensor (for lines 17, 18, 19)
17 RF - General connection for reference and measuring coil
18 RF REF Analog input, reference signal of the reference coil
19 RF MESS Analog input, measuring signal of the measuring coil
20 GND Reference potential for signal at pin 21
21 Input: analog 4/digital 9 Analog input 4 (sensor signal oil pressure sensor) or digital input 9
22 +5 V REF +5 V Reference voltage for signal at pin 21 (max. 15 mA)
23 GND Reference potential for signal at pin 24
24 Input: analog 2/digital 7 Analog input 2 (sensor signal charge air) or digital input 7
25 +5 V LDA +5 V Reference potential for signal at pin 24 (max. 15 mA)
Pb_mst1 © 06/02
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 104 © 06/02
EMR 2Technical Data
9.3.2 Vehicle Plug (F) / Plant Plug
Pin-No. Designation Description1 U Batt - Negative pole at battery (clamp 31)
2 GND Reference potential for signal
3 Output: digital 2 PWM or digital output, various functions
4 Input / output: DigInOut Fault lamp and diagnostic button
5 Output: PWM 1/Dig 1 PWM or digital output, various functions
6 Multi-function input: DigIn 3 Genset applications/gear shift/motor brake
7 Input: digital 10/velocity Speed signal (tacho input)
8 NC Not occupied
9 NC Not occupied
10 L-line Serial ISO 9141 interface
11 K-line Serial ISO 9141 interface
12 CAN high Interface for CAN-Bus
13 CAN low Interface for CAN-Bus
14 U Batt + Positive pole for battery (clamp 15)
15 Output: digital 5 Digital output, various functions
16 Output: digital 7/Frequency Frequency, PWM or digital output, various functions
17 Ground Reference potential for signal at pins 18, 19 and 21
18 Input: digital 1 / PWM 1 PWM 1 or digital input 1,various functions
19 Multi-function input: DigIn 4 Performance curve switching/genset applications
20 Multi-function input: digital 8 / analog 3
Hand hand throttle/genset applications, Digital (8) or analog input (3)
21 Input: digital 2 / PWM 2 PWM 2 or digital input 2,various functions
22 Screen Screening (e.g. for lines hand throttle or PWG)
23 GND Reference potential for signal at pin 24
24 Input: analog 1 / digital 6 Analog input 1 (pedal value sensor, PWG) or digital input 6
25 +5 V REF +5 V Reference voltage for signal at pin 24
Pb_fst1 © 06/02
© 06/02 Page 105
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Technical Data
9.4 Sensor Data
Temperature sensor (NTC), coolant
Pins: Signal pin 9, GND pin 8, engine plug
Measuring range: -40 °C to 130 °C
Temperature sensor (NTC), fuel
Pins: Signal pin 5, GND pin 8, engine plug
Measuring range: -40 °C to 130 °C
Temperature sensor (NTC), charge air
Pins: Signal pin 4, GND pin 8, engine plug
Measuring range: -40 °C to 130 °C
Oil pressure sensor
Pins: Signal pin 21, GND pin 20, reference voltage +5 V pin 22, engine plug
Measuring range: 0 to 10 bar
Output signal: 0.5 V to 4.5 V DC
Charge air pressure sensor
Pins: Signal pin 24, GND pin 23, reference voltage +5 V pin 25, engine plug
Measuring range: 0.5 to 4 bar
Output signal: 0.5 V to 4.5 V DC
Speed sensor
Measuring range: 30 to 4,500 1/min
1st speed:
Conn. locality: camshaft, wheel box
Pins: Signal pin 13, GND pin 12, engine plug
- 44 Impulse/camshafts-revolutions for model series 1012/2012
- 48 Impulse/camshafts-revolutions for model series 1013/2013
- 167 Impulse/camshafts-revolutions for model series 1015
2nd speed (optional):
Conn. locality SAE-housing, crankshaft
Pins: Signal pin 11, GND pin 10, engine plug
- 129 Impulse/crankshafts-revolutions for model series 1012/1013
- Clamp w (dynamo impulses)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Seite 106 © 06/02
EMR 2Technical Data
Coolant level sensor
Pins: Signal pin 6, GND pin 8, engine plug
Measuring range:
Atmospheric pressure sensor
Depending on unit configuration, integrated into control unit, see Chapter 4.13
© 06/02 Page 107
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Index of Specialist Terms
10 Index of Specialist Terms
AGR Exhaust gas return
Actuator Actuator
AMP plug Multi-pole plug of the AMP company
Baud rate Data transmission speed [Bit/s]
CAN-Bus Interface (Controler Area Network)
EDC-actuator Actuator of the Bosch company
EEPROM Memory module in the microprocessor
EER 2 Electronic engine governer
ELTAB Electronic engine pocket handbook
EMV Electromagnetic compatibility
F-plug Vehicle plug / plant-side plug at the control unit
GND Mass (Ground)
High Switch open (high)
ISO International Standard Organization
Clamp 31 Minus clamp at battery
KLU Scope of customer supply
KM-temperature Coolant temperature
LDA Charge air pressure dependent full load stop
Limp home Emergency running features
Load dump Noise limit
Low Switch closed (low)
M-plug Engine plug
Md Torque
NC Not assigned
NTC Negative temperature coefficient
P-grad Proportional gradient; P-grad = 0 (Isochronous); P-grad adjustable (Droop).
PID control Proportional, integral, differential parts of the control
Pin Plug pin
Pull-up resistance Resistance to supply voltage
PWM-signal Pulse width modulated signal
REF Reference voltage or potential
SERDIA DEUTZ service diagnosis software with interface
Setpoint Setpoint
SWG 1/2 Setpoint sensor 1/2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
Page 108 © 06/02
EMR 2Index of Specialist Terms
© 06/02 Seite 109
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Index
11 Index
A
Actuator ..................................................................................................................................................... 100Actuator functions ....................................................................................................................................... 86Altitude correction ....................................................................................................................................... 82Atmospheric pressure sensor .............................................................................................................. 82, 106
B
basic equipment .............................................................................................................................. 70, 71, 72Blink codes .................................................................................................................................................. 90
C
CAN-Bus ...................................................................................................................................................... 86CAN-Bus interface ....................................................................................................................................... 83Charge air monitoring .................................................................................................................................. 81Charge air pressure sensor ........................................................................................................................ 105Cold start installation ................................................................................................................................... 82Configuration ............................................................................................................................................... 85Configuration example ................................................................................................................................. 86Connection diagrams ................................................................................................................................. 113Coolant level sensor .................................................................................................................................. 106Coolant monitoring ...................................................................................................................................... 82Coolant temperature monitoring .................................................................................................................. 81
D
Damages ...................................................................................................................................................... 67Default functions .......................................................................................................................................... 86Description of functions ............................................................................................................................... 70Diagnostic button ........................................................................................................................................ 87Diagnostic interface ............................................................................................................................... 83, 86Display / output functions ............................................................................................................................ 86Displays ....................................................................................................................................................... 79Droop control ............................................................................................................................................... 78
E
Electrical welding ......................................................................................................................................... 68Emergency running ...................................................................................................................................... 82Engine plug ................................................................................................................................................ 103Engine protection functions ......................................................................................................................... 81Engine-start/stop ......................................................................................................................................... 78Error code .................................................................................................................................................... 90Excess speed protection ............................................................................................................................. 75
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Seite 110 © 06/02
EMR 2Index
F
Fault blink code overview ............................................................................................................................ 93Fault group ................................................................................................................................................... 93Fault indicator lamp ..................................................................................................................................... 87Fault lamp .................................................................................................................................................... 79Fault locality/fault description ...................................................................................................................... 93Fault memory ............................................................................................................................................... 92Fault no. ....................................................................................................................................................... 93Fuel quantity limitation (performance curve) ................................................................................................ 77Fuel volume control ..................................................................................................................................... 82Function control ........................................................................................................................................... 89Function extensions ..................................................................................................................................... 73Function overview ........................................................................................................................................ 86Functions ..................................................................................................................................................... 86
I
Important notes ........................................................................................................................................... 67Installation guidelines .................................................................................................................................. 67Interfaces ............................................................................................................................................. 83, 102Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 65
L
LDA function ................................................................................................................................................ 81Limp home ................................................................................................................................................... 82Load collective ............................................................................................................................................. 80
M
Memory functions ........................................................................................................................................ 86Min/Max control ........................................................................................................................................... 74Monitoring function ...................................................................................................................................... 79
N
Notes ........................................................................................................................................................... 65
O
Oil pressure monitoring ................................................................................................................................ 81Oil pressure sensor .................................................................................................................................... 105Operating instructions ................................................................................................................................. 67Output signals .............................................................................................................................................. 79Outputs ................................................................................................................................................ 79, 102
P
Parameter setting ......................................................................................................................................... 85Pin .............................................................................................................................................................. 102Pin assignment ............................................................................................................................................ 86Pin type ...................................................................................................................................................... 102Plant plug ................................................................................................................................................... 104Plug assignments ...................................................................................................................................... 103Plug connection ........................................................................................................................................... 68
© 06/02 Seite 111
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Index
R
Replacement of system components .......................................................................................................... 99
S
Scope of function ........................................................................................................................................ 86Second speed input ..................................................................................................................................... 75Self-diagnostic ............................................................................................................................................. 87Sensor data ................................................................................................................................................ 105Sensor inputs ............................................................................................................................................... 86SERDIA ........................................................................................................................................................ 98Set point settings ......................................................................................................................................... 76Signal specification .................................................................................................................................... 102Signal type ................................................................................................................................................. 102Software ....................................................................................................................................................... 98Speed control .............................................................................................................................................. 74Speed sensor ............................................................................................................................................. 105Speed throttling ........................................................................................................................................... 81Switchable speed functions ......................................................................................................................... 75System description ...................................................................................................................................... 69System functions ......................................................................................................................................... 71System overview .......................................................................................................................................... 69
T
Technical data ........................................................................................................................................... 101Temperature sensor (NTC), charge air ....................................................................................................... 105Temperature sensor (NTC), coolant ........................................................................................................... 105Temperature sensor (NTC), fuel ................................................................................................................. 105Temperature-dependent start control ......................................................................................................... 81
U
Utilization of the EMR 2 ............................................................................................................................... 69
V
Variable speed regulation ............................................................................................................................ 74Vehicle plug ............................................................................................................................................... 104
W
Wiring ........................................................................................................................................................... 68
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Seite 112 © 06/02
EMR 2Index
© 06/02 Page 113
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
EMR 2Connection diagrams
12 Connection diagrams
The following connection diagrams present the maximum scope of the EMR2. Customer or model-specificwishes are not taken into account.
12.1 Connection diagram vehicle / plant side
12.2 Connection diagram vehicle side (sheet 1)
12.3 Connection diagram vehicle side (sheet 2)
12.4 Connection diagram for CAN-Bus and diagnostic line
Only the switching diagram specific for the particular engine is binding. This is prepared by the DEUTZcustomer representative before supply of the first engine as the switching diagram is not part of the docu-mentation supplied with the engine.
Methods of obtaining the switching diagrams are:
! Sales or customer representative, or
! Dept. Sales Documentation (Format DIN-A2) or
! Sales drawing CD-ROM or
! Engine pocket handbook (from page 3.150, size DIN-A4) or
! ELTAB CD-ROM
© 06/02 Seite/Page 115
EMR 2 Anhang/Appendix
12.1 Anschlussplan Fahrzeug-/Anlagenseite Connection diagram - Vehicle side / Unit side
geraeteseite © 06/02
Seite/Page 116 © 06/02
EMR 2AnhangAppendix
12.2 Anschlussplan Motorseite (Blatt 1) Connection diagram - Engine side (sheet 1)
motorseite1 © 06/02
© 06/02 Seite/Page 117
EMR 2 Anhang/Appendix
12.3 Anschlussplan Motorseite (Blatt 2) Connection diagram - Engine side (sheet 2)
motorseite2 © 06/02
Seite/Page 118 © 06/02
EMR 2AnhangAppendix
12.4 Anschlussplan für CAN-Bus und Diagnoseleitung Connection Diagram for CAN-Bus and Diagnostic Line
emsemr2 © 06/02
Top Related